diff --git a/tn_DEU.tsv b/tn_DEU.tsv index 79c3e63e18..bd65d76ba6 100644 --- a/tn_DEU.tsv +++ b/tn_DEU.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Deuteronomy\n\n- Moses’ first speech\n - Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)\n - Moses appeals to Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–49)\n- Moses’ second speech\n - The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)\n - Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)\n- Moses’ third speech\n - Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)\n - Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1–68)\n - The covenant renewed (29:1–30:20)\n - Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)\n\n### What is the book of Deuteronomy about?\n\nIn the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel are about to go into the Promised Land. Before they enter the land, Moses reminds them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expects from them. Moses warns the people about worshiping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settle in the Promised Land. Yahweh promises to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34, which tells how Moses died.\n\n### What are the important features of the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live in the Promised Land?\n\nAs God prepares the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commands them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live there. The Israelites will then not be tempted to join them in worship of their false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?\n\nGod’s name is mentioned over 30 times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.\n\n### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?\n\nThe books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nSince this book consists of Moses’ speeches, many parts of this book are direct quotations. Within his speeches, Moses directly quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format these passages so that there are not quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### “Yahweh your God”\n\nThroughout this book, Moses refers to Yahweh as “your God” when he speaks to the Israelites. Moses is referring to the same God that he also worships. He is not distinguishing between the God of the Israelites and his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this is the same God whom Moses worships. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n### Moses’ audience\n\nIn his speeches, Moses speaks to the Israelites who will enter into the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Moses reminds them about events that happened to their ancestors and to them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state explicitly that Moses is talking about their ancestors even when he directly addresses the living Israelites as “you.” (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “You” singular and plural\n\nAlthough Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, he sometimes addresses them as “you” singular. Moses wants each of the individual Israelites to think about what he is saying. If it would not be natural in your language to address a group with a singular pronoun, you can use the plural “you” when Moses is speaking to all the Israelites. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### “You shall”\nIn this book, the form **you shall** appears often when someone gives a command. While the form itself is not a command, it can be interpreted and translated as a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])\n\n### “Seed”\n\nThis book refers to a person’s descendants as their “seed.” Seed refers to semen that leads to a child’s conception. All instances of “seed” mean “descendants” unless otherwise specified. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “Listen” and “Keep”\nMoses tells the Israelites to “listen” and “keep” the commandments of Yahweh. He means that they need to carefully obey them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Deuteronomy\n\n- Moses’ first speech\n - Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)\n - Moses appeals to Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–49)\n- Moses’ second speech\n - The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)\n - Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)\n- Moses’ third speech\n - Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)\n - Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1–68)\n - The covenant renewed (29:1–30:20)\n - Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)\n\n### What is the book of Deuteronomy about?\n\nIn the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel are about to go into the Promised Land. Before they enter the land, Moses reminds them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expects from them. Moses warns the people about worshiping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settle in the Promised Land. Yahweh promises to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34, which tells how Moses died.\n\n### What are the important features of the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live in the Promised Land?\n\nAs God prepares the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commands them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live there. The Israelites will then not be tempted to join them in worship of their false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?\n\nGod’s name is mentioned over 30 times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.\n\n### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?\n\nThe books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nSince this book consists of Moses’ speeches, many parts of this book are direct quotations. Within his speeches, Moses directly quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format these passages so that there are not quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### “Yahweh your God”\n\nThroughout this book, Moses refers to Yahweh as “your God” when he speaks to the Israelites. Moses is referring to the same God that he also worships. He is not distinguishing between the God of the Israelites and his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this is the same God whom Moses worships. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n### Moses’ audience\n\nIn his speeches, Moses speaks to the Israelites who will enter into the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Moses reminds them about events that happened to their ancestors and to them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state explicitly that Moses is talking about their ancestors even when he directly addresses the living Israelites as “you.” (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “You” singular and plural\n\nAlthough Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, he sometimes addresses them as “you” singular. Moses wants each of the individual Israelites to think about what he is saying. If it would not be natural in your language to address a group with a singular pronoun, you can use the plural “you” when Moses is speaking to all the Israelites. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### “You shall”\nIn this book, the form **you shall** appears often when someone gives a command. While the form itself is not a command, it can be interpreted and translated as a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])\n\n### “Seed”\n\nThis book refers to a person’s descendants as their “seed.” Seed refers to semen that leads to a child’s conception. All instances of “seed” mean “descendants” unless otherwise specified. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “Listen” and “Keep”\nMoses tells the Israelites to “listen” and “keep” the commandments of Yahweh. He means that they need to carefully obey them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “the land that Yahweh your God is giving you”\n\nMoses refers to the Promised Land as “the land that Yahweh your God is giving you” and “the land that Yahweh your God has given you.” At the time of Moses’ speeches, the Israelites have not yet occupied the land. So, when Moses says that Yahweh **has given** the land to the Israelites, he is reminding the Israelites that Yahweh will keep his promises. The land belongs to the Israelites, they only have to trust Yahweh and take the land.\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) 1:intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers. In this chapter is Moses’ first speech to the Israelites. \n\n- vv. 1-4: Introduction\n- vv. 5-49: Moses reminds the Israelites of what happened to their ancestors in the wilderness\n - vv. 9-18: Moses chooses judges and military leaders\n - vv. 19-46: The Israelites send out spies to survey the land \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other people lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech in which he quotes what others have said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within quotations. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors when they were camping at Mt. Sinai. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to new topics that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]])\n 1:1 vb79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ס֜וּף 1 The word **Suph** is the name of a place. It is uncertain where Suph is, but Suph could refer to the Red Sea. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” 1:1 bg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֹּ֛פֶל וְ⁠לָבָ֥ן וַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וְ⁠דִ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These are the names of places. @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:7 cqqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֵנָי⁠ו֒ 1 Here, **neighbors** refers to any people groups in the nearby areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people groups near them” 1:8 bp4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֛ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen” or "See now" 1:8 tgax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” -1:8 i61s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֥תִּי לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Here Yahweh could be using the past tense: (1) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “I will give the land before your faces” (2) to refer to something that he has already done. Alternate translation: “I have already given the land before your faces” 1:8 p2mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person נִשְׁבַּ֣ע יְ֠הוָה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I swore” 1:8 pcv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹ֨תֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors” 1:9 dv93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר 1 Here, **I** refers back to Moses in verse 5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the name “Moses” here. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, said” @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:12 l36d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶשָּׂ֖א לְ⁠בַדִּ֑⁠י טָרְחֲ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠מַֽשַּׂאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here Moses speaks of the people’s problems and complaints that he needed to solve as if they were heavy physical **loads** and **burdens** that he needed to **carry**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will I make a decision by myself for your issues and your concerns” 1:12 xa3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet טָרְחֲ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠מַֽשַּׂאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The terms **loads** and **burdens** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your heavy loads” 1:13 q6g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֲכָמִ֧ים וּ⁠נְבֹנִ֛ים 1 The terms **wise** and **understanding** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very wise” -1:13 ue4a waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִ⁠ידֻעִ֖ים 1 Here, **well-known** could mean: (1) “of good reputation.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a comparable expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and reputable” (2) “ knowing.” Alternate translation: “and understanding” +1:13 ue4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִ⁠ידֻעִ֖ים 1 Here, **well-known** could mean: (1) “of good reputation.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a comparable expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and reputable” (2) “ knowing.” Alternate translation: “and understanding” 1:13 eea5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠כֶֽם 1 Here **heads** means “leaders.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as leaders” 1:15 zzio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י & רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 Here, **heads** means “leaders.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of … as leaders” 1:15 u5jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִֽ⁠ידֻעִ֔ים 1 Here, **well-known** could mean: (1) “of good reputation.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a comparable expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and reputable” (2) “ knowing.” Alternate translation: “and understanding” @@ -66,7 +65,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:21 sel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd רְ֠אֵה & אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ & עֲלֵ֣ה רֵ֗שׁ & אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ & אַל־תִּירָ֖א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָֽת 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 1:21 cl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” 1:21 c9fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲלֵ֣ה 1 Here, **go up** means “go fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “attack” -1:21 xjd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נָתַ֨ן יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Here Yahweh could be using the present tense: (1) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “I will give the land before your faces” (2) to refer to something that he has already done. Alternate translation: “I have already given the land before your faces” See how this is translated in [Deuteronomy 1:8](../01/08.md). 1:21 xae1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors” 1:21 w65d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֖א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָֽת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you shall not be afraid, nor shall you be discouraged” 1:22 yugp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Here, the word **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before us” @@ -87,7 +85,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:25 et1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּשִׁ֨בוּ אֹתָ֤⁠נוּ דָבָר֙ 1 Moses is speaking of news about the land as if it were a physical object that someone could **return** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and report back to us about” 1:25 iiy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָבָר֙ 1 Here, **word** represents a report. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a report” 1:25 dgea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ טוֹבָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that the land that Yahweh our God is giving to us is good” -1:25 eknv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here the present tense could: (1) refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “is about to give us” (2) refer to something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “has given to us” See how this is translated in [Deuteronomy 1:8](../01/08.md). 1:26 t13i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠עֲלֹ֑ת 1 Here, **go up** means “go fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to fight” 1:26 k4x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֥י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands and what he says to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the commands of” 1:27 vy6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וַ⁠תֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְ⁠אָהֳלֵי⁠כֶם֙ וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 Here, the text uses two verbs of speaking, **grumbled** and **said**, to introduce direct speech. If it is unnatural in your language to use two verbs of speech, you could use only one. Alternate translation: “And you grumbled in your tents, saying” @@ -140,7 +137,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:39 it12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יָדְע֤וּ הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע 1 The implication is that the children are not responsible for rebelling against Yahweh, because they **do not know good or evil**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “do not yet know good or evil and will not be punished for your rebellion” 1:40 mrt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּנ֣וּ לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants the Israelites to **turn** around and go back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “turn around” 1:41 wwe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַֽ⁠תַּעֲנ֣וּ ׀ וַ⁠תֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלַ֗⁠י 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. The word **answered** indicates that the Israelites **said** the following quote in response to Yahweh's anger. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “And you answered me” -1:41 tnnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אֲנַ֤חְנוּ נַעֲלֶה֙ וְ⁠נִלְחַ֔מְנוּ 1 The Israelites use the word **ourselves** to emphasize that they are very willing to obey God and go fight. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “We will even go up and fight” +1:41 tnnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲנַ֤חְנוּ נַעֲלֶה֙ וְ⁠נִלְחַ֔מְנוּ 1 For emphasis, the Israelites are stating the pronoun **ourselves**, whose meaning is already included in the verbs translated as **go up and fight**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **ourselves**. Alternate translation: “We will even go up and fight” 1:41 zg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠עֲלֹ֥ת הָ⁠הָֽרָ⁠ה 1 Here, **go up** means “fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to attack the hill {country}.” 1:41 l3as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠הָֽרָ⁠ה 1 Here, **hill {country}** refers to the people that live in that area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people who live in the hill {country}” 1:42 zjfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹא־תִלָּ֣חֲמ֔וּ כִּ֥י אֵינֶ֖⁠נִּי בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠לֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “I will not be among you, so do not go up and do not fight, and you will not be defeated before the face of your enemies.” @@ -161,6 +158,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:45 w3kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין 1 Here, **give ear** is a figure of speech that means “listen.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he did not lend his ear” or “and he did not pay attention” 1:45 tvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹֽא־שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠קֹ֣לְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “but Yahweh did not listen to your voice, nor did he give ear to you” 1:46 fnvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 The expression **according to the days that you stayed {there}** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “many days.” +1:46 h3kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a length of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for quite some time” 2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n\n)## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:1 ys5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נֵּ֜פֶן 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** around and went back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned around” or "And we turned back"\n 2:1 b9af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 Here, the phrase **many days** is an idiom that means “a long time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very long time” @@ -207,7 +205,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:12 g53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָשָׂ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites did to the land of their possession” 2:12 kkbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense עָשָׂ֣ה 1 Here, the writer uses the past tense, **did**, to refer to events that happen after Moses said all these things. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “would do” 2:12 zpks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 The writer is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that **Yahweh gave** the Israelites to live in as a **possession**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the land that Yahweh gave them to live in as a possession” -2:12 emtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 Here Moses could be using the past tense: (1) to refer to something that Yahweh has already done. Alternate translation: “Yahweh already gave to them” (2) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give to them” See how you translated this in [1:8](../01/08.md). 2:13 ruf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations עַתָּ֗ה קֻ֛מוּ וְ⁠עִבְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־נַ֣חַל זָ֑רֶד 1 The implication is that Yahweh is speaking these commands. If it would be more natural in your language, you could: (1) use a natural way of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said, ‘‘Now, for yourselves, rise up and cross the brook Zered” (2) translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh told us to rise up for ourselves and cross the brook Zered” 2:13 va2q return rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קֻ֛מוּ 1 Here, **rise up** describes the beginning of action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “start your journey” 2:13 mn1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל זָ֑רֶד & נַ֥חַל זָֽרֶד 1 The term **the brook Zered** is the name of a stream that flows into the Dead Sea. The brook goes from the southeast and creates the border between Edom and Moab. @@ -247,7 +244,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:24 yyy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ק֣וּמוּ 1 Here, **Rise up** describes the beginning of action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this term in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “Begin traveling” 2:24 v45y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹן֒ 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. 2:24 kvlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֣ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “See” -2:24 hjpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נָתַ֣תִּי 1 Here Yahweh could be using the past tense: (1) to refer to something that he has already done. Alternate translation: “I have given” (2) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “I will give”\n 2:24 g8xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בְ֠⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ & הָחֵ֣ל רָ֑שׁ וְ⁠הִתְגָּ֥ר 1 Here, the singular pronoun **your** refers to Moses. The forms of the commands are also singular. Yahweh is speaking to Moses because Moses is the leader of the Israelites, but these phrases apply to all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. See how you translated this in [verse 18](../02/18.md). 2:24 j7cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ֠⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you power over” 2:24 d644 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַרְצ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the possessive form describes the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land he rules over” @@ -309,13 +305,12 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:37 v1z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֣א קָרָ֑בְתָּ 1 Even though **you** is singular in this verse, Moses is referring to himself and all the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a different pronoun. Alternate translation: “we did not approach” 2:37 cezq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַ֞ד 1 Here, **hand** means “side” or, as relating to a river, “the riverside.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the riverside of” 2:37 vt6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. That river created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. -3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “Yahweh your God”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Moses refers to Yahweh as “your God” when he speaks to the Israelites. Moses is referring to the same God that he also worships. He is not distinguishing between the God of the Israelites and his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this is the same God that Moses worships. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]]) -3:1 b1tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נֵּ֣פֶן 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** north from Sihon's land to go to Bashan. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned northward” -3:1 lu1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּ֔עַל 1 Here, the term **went up** means "traveled upon." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and traveled upon” -3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the region of Bashan” +3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses is referring to the Israelites, he uses the plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]]) +3:1 lu1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּ֔עַל 1 Here, the term **went up** means "traveled on." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and traveled on” +3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the land of Bashan” 3:1 z2w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עוֹג֩ 1 The word **Og** is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md). 3:1 ylw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א עוֹג֩ מֶֽלֶךְ־הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֨ן לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 The implication is that Og **came out** of the city where he lived in order to fight against the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Og, the king of the Bashan, came out from his city to attack us” -3:1 zned rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +3:1 zned rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “against our fighting men” 3:1 xyiq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמּ֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **people** refers to fighting men. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his fighting men” 3:1 ki4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּ֛⁠וֹ 1 Moses is using the possessive form to describe **people** whom King Og leads. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable phrase to describe the relationship between Og and the **people**. Alternate translation: “the people whom King Og led” 3:1 v626 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 The word **Edrei** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md). @@ -324,7 +319,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:2 w3dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹת֔⁠וֹ & אֹת֛⁠וֹ & עַמּ֖⁠וֹ & אַרְצ֑⁠וֹ & לּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, the words **him** and **his** refer back to Og in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Og … Og … his people … his land … to him” 3:2 dgpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” 3:2 tvji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֞ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under your control” -3:2 w9tj return rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נָתַ֧תִּי 1 Here Yahweh could be using the past tense: (1) to refer to something that he has already done. Alternate translation: “I have already given” (2) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “I will give” 3:3 n4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֵ֗⁠נוּ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into our control” 3:3 maii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּכֵּ֕⁠הוּ 1 Here, **struck down** means “defeated in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And we smote him” or "And we slew them" 3:4 nwb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־לָקַ֖חְנוּ מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֑⁠ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים עִיר֙ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the repeated negative particle **not**. Alternate translation: “We took from them every city of 60 cities” @@ -415,14 +409,13 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:27 a7ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh uses the phrase **look with your eyes** to emphasize that Moses will only see but not enter the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And you may only look with your eyes” 3:28 swy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠חַזְּקֵ֣⁠הוּ וְ⁠אַמְּצֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 The terms **encourage** and **strengthen** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and greatly strengthen him” 3:28 qi30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” -3:28 lo1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠הוּא֙ יַנְחִ֣יל אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Joshua will enable the Israelite people to conquer the land instead of Moses. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “and it is he who will cause them to inherit” +3:28 lo1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הוּא֙ יַנְחִ֣יל אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **cause to inherit**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “and it is he who will cause them to inherit” 3:28 tsxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְאֶֽה 1 The implication is that from the top of Mount Pisgah Moses **will see the land** that Joshua will lead the Israelites to conquer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the land that you will see from the top of Mount Pisgah” 3:29 dut2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ית פְּעֽוֹר 1 The term **Beth Peor** is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. 4:intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes\n\n## Chapter Outline\n- vv. 1-40: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n- vv. 41-43: Moses appoints cities of refuge\n- vv. 44-49: Summary of Moses’ first speech\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Moses’ instructions\nGod will not allow Moses to enter into the Promised Land. Since the Israelites are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 41-43 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a manslayer could flee. In this case, a manslayer is anyone who accidentally kills another person. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the manslayer so that they will not be punished too harshly. \n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Likeness\nVerses 15-31 warn the Israelites against creating idols. The other people groups in the land worshiped entities in nature such as the sun, moon, stars, trees, and so on. They created idols that looked like (in the likeness of) these entities. Yahweh forbids the Israelites from making likenesses of anything for the purpose of worshiping it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/likeness]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in verses 7-8, and 33-34. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the law\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\n\n- vv. 1-22: “You” and “your” are both singular and plural; see notes for details.\n- vv. 23-40: “you” and “your” are singular.\n\nMoses is speaking to the Israelites who are alive, but he refers to events that happened to their ancestors. The pronouns “you” or “your” are plural here unless otherwise noted. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could explicitly state that these events happened to their ancestors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n 4:1 m1n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” 4:1 hfw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶל־הַֽ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to the important statutes” 4:1 zdp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Moses wants the Israelites to live in the land. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. -4:1 x82m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here Moses could be using the present tense: (1) to refer to something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “gave to you” (2) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “is about to give to you” 4:2 ft3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ 1 Here, **word** represents all of the words of the law that Yahweh spoke to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statutes” or "the words of the law" 4:2 r77u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **commandments** that come from **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the commandments given by Yahweh” 4:3 u7gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Moses is using **eyes** to represent all of a person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You yourselves” @@ -432,7 +425,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:3 yl8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מִ⁠קִּרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, the pronoun **your** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 4:4 x6hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבֵקִ֔ים בַּ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Moses speaks as if obeying Yahweh were like physically holding on to him as one would hold on to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who carefully obeyed Yahweh” 4:5 hs9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֣ה 1 Moses is using the word **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” -4:5 bis8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֱלֹהָ֑⁠י 1 Here, Moses refers to Yahweh as **my God** in order to emphasize that he himself worships and obeys Yahweh. He does not mean that he is the only one who worships Yahweh. If this would not be clear for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression to describe Moses’ relationship with Yahweh. Alternate translation, adding a comma after Yahweh: “, the God whom I worship,” 4:5 v63r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 The expression **going into to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “are going into to possess” 4:6 zr9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 The terms **keep** and **do** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall carefully do them” 4:6 fau5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And keep and do them” @@ -445,7 +437,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:6 sr33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַם־חָכָ֣ם וְ⁠נָב֔וֹן הַ⁠גּ֥וֹי הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Here, **nation** represents the people of that nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this great nation are wise and understanding” 4:7 thf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. 4:7 hx9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s protection and guidance as if Yahweh could physically come **near** to the Israelites. See the book introduction for more information about Yahweh’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is protecting it” -4:7-8 m62n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֚י מִי־ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑י⁠ו כַּ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠כָּל־קָרְאֵ֖⁠נוּ אֵלָֽי⁠ו׃ &\nוּ⁠מִי֙ גּ֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֛⁠וֹ חֻקִּ֥ים וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים צַדִּיקִ֑ם כְּ⁠כֹל֙ הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם׃ 1 Moses is using the question form to emphasize how great Yahweh is compared to the lifeless idols that other nations follow. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “For there is no other great nation that has a god near to it as Yahweh our God is whenever we call on him. And, there is no other great nation that has statutes and ordinances as righteous as all this law that I am giving before your faces today.” +4:7-8 m62n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֚י מִי־ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑י⁠ו כַּ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠כָּל־קָרְאֵ֖⁠נוּ אֵלָֽי⁠ו׃ & וּ⁠מִי֙ גּ֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֛⁠וֹ חֻקִּ֥ים וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים צַדִּיקִ֑ם כְּ⁠כֹל֙ הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם׃ 1 Moses is using the question form to emphasize how great Yahweh is compared to the lifeless idols that other nations follow. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “For there is no other great nation that has a god near to it as Yahweh our God is whenever we call on him. And, there is no other great nation that has statutes and ordinances as righteous as all this law that I am giving before your faces today.” 4:8 g3lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקִּ֥ים וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “important rules” 4:8 po9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֹתֵ֥ן 1 Here Moses is speaking of reading the law as if he were physically **giving** it to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “am repeating” 4:8 odq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” @@ -476,6 +468,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:16 ouuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּשְׁחִת֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, the term **act corruptly** means to sin or do wrong. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you sin” 4:16 n63q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֥ית 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like a” 4:16 r6fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish זָכָ֖ר א֥וֹ נְקֵבָֽה 1 Here, **male or female** refers to human beings, not to animals. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “a male person or a female person” +4:5 gw9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֱלֹהָ֑⁠י 1 Here, Moses refers to Yahweh as **my God** in order to emphasize that he himself worships and obeys Yahweh. He does not mean that he is the only one who worships Yahweh. If this would not be clear for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression to describe Moses’ relationship with Yahweh. Alternate translation, adding a comma after Yahweh: “, the God whom I worship,” 4:17 dsbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֕ית & תַּבְנִית֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like … anything looking like” 4:18 fgec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֕ית & תַּבְנִ֛ית 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like … anything looking like” 4:18 xe6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רֹמֵ֖שׂ 1 A **creeping thing** means any creature that crawls on the ground. This could include reptiles and insects. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “reptile” @@ -490,7 +483,6 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:20 c59d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ל֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠עַ֥ם נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 Moses speaks as if all the people of Israel were one object that Yahweh owns. Moses means that Yahweh chose to have a special relationship with Israel. See the chapter introduction for more information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” 4:20 ga0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites still have a special relationship with Yahweh at the time when Moses is giving this speech to them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are this day as I speak to you” 4:21 l8rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יהוָ֥ה הִתְאַנֶּף־בִּ֖⁠י עַל־דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֗ע לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֤י עָבְרִ⁠י֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בֹא֙ אֶל־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֔ה 1 This refers to [Numbers 20](Num/20/10.md), when Moses disobeyed what Yahweh told him to do because Moses was angry with the people of Israel. The Israelite people complained that they did not have water in the wilderness. Yahweh told Moses to speak to the rock so water would come out, but Moses disobeyed Yahweh and struck the rock with his staff. As a result, Yahweh **swore** that Moses would not **go in to the good land**. -4:21 mnnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ נֹתֵ֥ן 1 Here Moses could be using the present tense: (1) to refer to something that Yahweh has already done. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God has already given” (2) to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God is about to give” 4:21 qnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 4:22 k52a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd כִּ֣י 1 Moses uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between the fact that he will not enter the land, while the Israelites will enter the land. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As for me,” 4:22 xbn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את אֵינֶ֥⁠נִּי עֹבֵ֖ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that **this land** is the land of Moab, which is east of **the Jordan** River. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “here in Moab. I will not cross to the west side of the Jordan” @@ -554,7 +546,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:34 xi2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠מִלְחָמָ֗ה 1 The word **war** refers to [Exodus 14](Exo/14/01.md), when the Egyptian army chased the Israelites as they left Egypt. Yahweh enabled the Israelites to defeat the Egyptian army. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and by enabling you to defeat the Egyptians in war” 4:34 fjbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ וּ⁠בִ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and by very great power” 4:34 uct8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ 1 Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by mighty power” -4:34 iny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an arm as using power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by great strength” +4:34 iny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by great deeds” 4:34 r398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **eyes** represents the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your sight” 4:34 r7hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לְ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **your** is singular here. If the singular form would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural form in your translation. 4:35 yl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. @@ -604,7 +596,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:46 c8za rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 The word **Heshbon** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md). 4:46 rpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Moses is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” 4:46 t7op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 The events discussed in this verse occur after the Israelites **came out from Egypt** and after Moses told the Israelites the law the first time. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “after they came out from Egypt” -4:46-49 k6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background בְּ⁠עֵ֨בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן בַּ⁠גַּ֗יְא מ֚וּל בֵּ֣ית פְּע֔וֹר בְּ⁠אֶ֗רֶץ סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֤ה מֹשֶׁה֙ וּ⁠בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ &\nוַ⁠יִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ אֶת־אַרְצ֜⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ ׀ ע֣וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֗ן שְׁנֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ &\nמֵ⁠עֲרֹעֵ֞ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־שְׂפַת־נַ֧חַל אַרְנֹ֛ן וְ⁠עַד־הַ֥ר שִׂיאֹ֖ן ה֥וּא חֶרְמֽוֹן׃ &\nוְ⁠כָל־הָ֨⁠עֲרָבָ֜ה עֵ֤בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִזְרָ֔חָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד יָ֣ם הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֑ה תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה׃פ & 1 The writer is repeating the events that Moses summarized in his first speech from [2:26-3:10](../02/26.md). These events occurred in [Numbers 21:21-35](Num/21/21.md). This information helps the readers understand where the Israelites were camping when Moses is telling them the law. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. +4:46-49 k6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background בְּ⁠עֵ֨בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן בַּ⁠גַּ֗יְא מ֚וּל בֵּ֣ית פְּע֔וֹר בְּ⁠אֶ֗רֶץ סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֤ה מֹשֶׁה֙ וּ⁠בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ & וַ⁠יִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ אֶת־אַרְצ֜⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ ׀ ע֣וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֗ן שְׁנֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ & מֵ⁠עֲרֹעֵ֞ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־שְׂפַת־נַ֧חַל אַרְנֹ֛ן וְ⁠עַד־הַ֥ר שִׂיאֹ֖ן ה֥וּא חֶרְמֽוֹן׃ &\nוְ⁠כָל־הָ֨⁠עֲרָבָ֜ה עֵ֤בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִזְרָ֔חָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד יָ֣ם הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֑ה תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה׃פ 1 The writer is repeating the events that Moses summarized in his first speech from [2:26-3:10](../02/26.md). These events occurred in [Numbers 21:21-35](Num/21/21.md). This information helps the readers understand where the Israelites were camping when Moses is telling them the law. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. 4:47 ya36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַרְצ֜⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to King Sihon. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “King Sihon’s land” 4:47 t6wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 Here, **the rising of the sun** is an idiom that means “east.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “toward the east” 4:48 kwj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרֹעֵ֞ר 1 The word **Aroer** is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [2:36](../02/36.md). @@ -621,13 +613,13 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:1 rwb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Moses is using **ears** to represent all of a person in the act of hearing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to you yourselves” 5:2 gqfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ כָּרַ֥ת עִמָּ֛⁠נוּ בְּרִ֖ית בְּ⁠חֹרֵֽב 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19-24](Exo/19/01.md), when Moses told the Israelites what Yahweh had commanded them and the Israelites agreed to obey. In return, Yahweh would have a special relationship with the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. 5:2 lhkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּרַ֥ת עִמָּ֛⁠נוּ בְּרִ֖ית 1 To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01.md). See the imagery and how you translated the term there. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with us” -5:3 so4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לֹ֣א אֶת־אֲבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠בְּרִ֣ית הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Moses means that the covenant was not only for the ancestors of the Israelites, but for the current generation also. He does not mean that their ancestors did not make a covenant with Yahweh. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut this covenant not only with our fathers” +5:3 so4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לֹ֣א אֶת־אֲבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠בְּרִ֣ית הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Moses means that the covenant was not only for the ancestors of the Israelites, but for the current generation also. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut this covenant not only with our fathers” 5:3 hf3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Here **fathers** could mean: (1) the parents of the living Israelites, who made a covenant with Yahweh at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “with our parents” (2) the ancestors of the Israelites such as Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, who made a covenant with Yahweh. Alternate translation: “with our predecessors” 5:3 g39m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **but** marks a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “but, in fact,” 5:3 thc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲנַ֨חְנוּ אֵ֥לֶּה פֹ֛ה הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ חַיִּֽים 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “those of us here today, indeed, all who are living” 5:4 n291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּ⁠פָנִ֗ים דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֛ם בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מִ⁠תּ֥וֹךְ הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away. 5:4 h6t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּ⁠פָנִ֗ים 1 Here, **face** represents someone’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your presence” -5:4 qpnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּ⁠פָנִ֗ים 1 This does not mean that the Israelites and their ancestors physically saw the **face** of Yahweh. [4:15](../04/15.md) states that the Israelites only heard Yahweh’s voice but did not see him. Moses means that the Israelites physically and personally heard the voice of Yahweh’s voice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “personally” +5:4 qpnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּ⁠פָנִ֗ים 1 [4:15](../04/15.md) states that the Israelites only heard Yahweh’s voice but did not see him. Moses means that the Israelites physically and personally heard the voice of Yahweh’s voice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “personally” 5:5 b7in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בֵּין & וּ⁠בֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, the text repeats the word “between” to describe how Moses spoke to Yahweh on behalf of the Israelites while they stood far away. If it is unnatural in your language to repeat a preposition, you could use a form that identifies physical distance between people. Alternate translation: “between … and you” 5:5 n0gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הַגִּ֥יד 1 Here, the word **to** marks “reveal to you the word of Yahweh” as the goal or purpose of Moses standing between Yahweh and the Israelites. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 5:5 c0kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **word** represents everything that Yahweh said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh told me to tell you” @@ -636,8 +628,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:5 fihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. 5:6 nwcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, Yahweh is referring to the events of [Exodus 1-14](Exo/01/01.md), when Yahweh did amazing things so that the Israelites could leave Egypt. 5:6 dav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & הוֹצֵאתִ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh is speaking directly to Moses, so the pronouns **you** and **your** are singular in this verse and in the rest of Yahweh’s speech. See chapter introduction for more information. -5:6 fbu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” -5:6 fpyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבָדִֽים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you can express the idea behind **slavery** in another way. Alternative translation: “forced labor” +5:6 fbu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 5:7 pa85 0 Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” 5:7 f42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative לֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Do not have” 5:7 y3yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “besides me” @@ -664,7 +655,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:15 fpf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֗ן 1 The words translated as **Therefore** indicate that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “As a result,” 5:16 g54g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal כַּבֵּ֤ד אֶת־אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּ⁠ךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ לְמַ֣עַן ׀ יַאֲרִיכֻ֣⁠ן יָמֶ֗י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here, **so that** marks **you may prolong your days** and **it may go well with you** as the goal or purpose of **Honor your father and your mother**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 5:16 hu7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִיכֻ֣⁠ן יָמֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 If the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong the days** that they live on the land. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to **prolong** it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you may live for many generations” -5:17 x2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לֹ֖א תִּרְצָֽח 1 Here, **murder** does not mean all kinds of killing, which would imply that killing in war, accidental killing, and execution were also sinful acts. Alternate translation: "Do not commit an unlawful, premeditated killing" +5:17 x2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֖א תִּרְצָֽח 1 Here, **murder** does not mean all kinds of killing, which would imply that killing in war, accidental killing, and execution were also sinful acts. Alternate translation: "Do not commit an unlawful, premeditated killing" 5:18 lke6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 Alternate translation: “And do not have sexual relations with anyone other than your spouse” 5:20 vp3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁוְא 1 The implication is that the **testimony** would be given in court or before a judge. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And do not lie as you testify” 5:20 p6zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְ⁠רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against your fellow Israelite” @@ -684,7 +675,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:25 zra9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ לָ֣⁠מָּה נָמ֔וּת 1 The Israelite leaders are using the question form to express their fears that they would die if Yahweh spoke to them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “And we do not want to die.” 5:25 ty2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֣י תֹֽאכְלֵ֔⁠נוּ הָ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּ֑את אִם־יֹסְפִ֣ים ׀ אֲנַ֗חְנוּ לִ֠⁠שְׁמֹעַ אֶת־ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛י⁠נוּ ע֖וֹד וָ⁠מָֽתְנוּ 1 The Israelite leaders are suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that they will only **die** **if** they **continue to hear the voice of Yahweh**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If we continue anymore to hear the voice of Yahweh our God, then this great fire will consume us, then we will die” 5:26 qk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִ⁠תּוֹךְ־הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖⁠נוּ וַ⁠יֶּֽחִי 1 The Israelite leaders are using the question form to explain why they are very afraid. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No flesh has heard the voice of the living God speak from the midst of the fire like us and has lived.” -5:26 z4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִ⁠תּוֹךְ־הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖⁠נוּ וַ⁠יֶּֽחִי 1 This verse does not contradict [verse 24](../05/24.md). The Israelite leaders mean that, while they have heard God speak and have lived, it is a rare occurrence, one which they do not believe will happen again. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. +5:26 z4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִ⁠תּוֹךְ־הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖⁠נוּ וַ⁠יֶּֽחִי 1 The Israelite leaders mean that, while they have heard God speak and have lived, it is a rare occurrence, one which they do not believe will happen again. This verse does not contradict [verse 24](../05/24.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers, as modeled by the UST. 5:26 sdf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בָּשָׂ֡ר 1 The Israelite leaders are using **flesh** to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humankind”\n 5:26 tp48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קוֹל֩ 1 Here, **voice** represents the sound of someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sound of the words of” 5:26 pj1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים 1 The implication is that only Yahweh is a **living God** and can cause people to die, in contrast with idols who are not living and cannot cause real harm to people. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the only living God” @@ -692,12 +683,12 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:28 j5bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ק֣וֹל דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶ֖ם אֵלָ֑⁠י & ק֨וֹל דִּבְרֵ֜י הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבְּר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The expression **the sound of your words when you spoke to me** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “what you said to me … what this people spoke to you” 5:29 m98l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יִתֵּ֡ן וְ⁠הָיָה֩ 1 Yahweh is using the question form of **Who will give** to express a strong desire for something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation, ending the sentence with a period: “Oh that they would have” 5:29 xx97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְבָבָ֨⁠ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or their desire to do something. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “desire” -5:29 jjqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 Here, **all the days** means “all the days of their life”. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all the days of their life” +5:29 jjqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 Here, **all the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” 5:29 zzj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for their offspring” 5:30 z5a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ֖ךְ אֱמֹ֣ר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם שׁ֥וּבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠אָהֳלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. 5:30 f2ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo שׁ֥וּבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The expression **Return yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Return” 5:31 bn9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה 1 Yahweh uses the words **But you** here to indicate a strong contrast between what Moses and the rest of the Israelites will do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As for you” -5:31 q7e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish עִמָּדִ⁠י֒ 1 This does not mean that Yahweh had a physical body, which was present at Mount Sinai. Yahweh means that Moses should stand near the fire and clouds where Yahweh’s voice came from. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the fire where my voice comes from” +5:31 q7e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּדִ⁠י֒ 1 This does not mean that Yahweh had a physical body, which was present at Mount Sinai. Yahweh means that Moses should stand near the fire and clouds where Yahweh’s voice came from. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the fire where my voice comes from” 5:31 odqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֛ה וְ⁠הַ⁠חֻקִּ֥ים 1 The terms **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the very important commandments” 5:31 dlcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֛ה 1 In this verse, the word **commandment** is singular in form, but it refers to all Yahweh’s commandments as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the commandments” 5:31 e1i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּלַמְּדֵ֑⁠ם 1 Yahweh is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “that you must teach them” @@ -744,8 +735,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 6:10 l8ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors” 6:10-11 yge8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וְ⁠טֹבֹ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־בָנִֽיתָ & וּ⁠בָ֨תִּ֜ים מְלֵאִ֣ים כָּל־טוּב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־מִלֵּאתָ֒ וּ⁠בֹרֹ֤ת חֲצוּבִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־חָצַ֔בְתָּ כְּרָמִ֥ים וְ⁠זֵיתִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־נָטָ֑עְתָּ 1 The people groups who live on the land built cities and cultivated the land. When the Israelites conquer that land, they will take over all those good things. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “with large and good cities that you did not build, and houses full of every good thing that you did not gather, and hewn cisterns that you did not dig, vineyards and olive trees that you did not plant. You will take all of these from the people groups that you will drive out from the land.” 6:12 ib56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” -6:12 gp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” -6:12 tkk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבָדִֽים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you can express the idea behind slavery in another way. Alternative translation: “forced labor” +6:12 gp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 6:13 b8cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ תִּירָ֖א וְ⁠אֹת֣⁠וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing to emphasize that the Israelites should worship only Yahweh. Alternate translation: “It is Yahweh your God and no one else whom you shall fear; it is he alone whom you shall worship, and it is by his name and only his name that you shall swear” 6:13 rn98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 The implication is that when the Israelites swear by Yahweh, that means they are asking Yahweh to take note of their promise and punish them if they do not fulfill their promise. Moses wants the Israelites to only invoke Yahweh’s name when making promises. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you shall make strong promises using his name” 6:13 ptbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and swear by Yahweh” @@ -797,7 +787,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 6:23 atp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָבִ֣יא אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh is bringing the Israelites into the land is implied by the next phrase. You could supply these words from later in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “bring us into the land” 6:23 az6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh will give the land to the living Israelites is implied by what Moses said earlier in this speech. You could supply these words from earlier in the passage if it would be clearer in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 18](../06/18.md).Alternate translation: “he swore to your fathers that he would give to you” 6:23 hbyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to our predecessors” -6:24 nhg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 Here, **days** refers to a duration of time. If this would not be clear in your language, you could use a comparable expression for expressing the passing of time. Alternate translation: “forever” +6:24 nhg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” 6:24 fuv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠ט֥וֹב לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “so that we might prosper” 6:24-25 ye68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֣⁠נוּ יְהוָ֗ה לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֻקִּ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה לְ⁠יִרְאָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠ט֥וֹב לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠חַיֹּתֵ֖⁠נוּ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה & וּ⁠צְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠נוּ כִּֽי־נִשְׁמֹ֨ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֜וֹת אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֗את לִ⁠פְנֵ֛י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites will only receive these benefits if they obey Yahweh’s commandments. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. It may be helpful to reword these verses so that the conditional statement is clear. Alternate translation: “If we keep doing all these commandments before the face of Yahweh our God as he has commanded us, to fear Yahweh our God, then it will be for good to us all of the days, to keep us alive as this day, and it will be righteousness to us” 6:25 kzjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠צְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will consider us as righteous” @@ -831,8 +821,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 7:8 zl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **but** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” 7:8 l7na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors” 7:8 j4hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֑ה & מִ⁠יַּ֖ד 1 Here, the word **hand** represents power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with mighty strength … from the control of” -7:8 xtl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of the nation of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” -7:8 lkh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you can express the idea behind slavery in another way. Alternative translation: “forced labor” +7:8 xtl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of the nation of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 7:9 y65z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְ⁠יָ֣דַעְתָּ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 7:9 blcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠יָ֣דַעְתָּ֔ 1 Here **know** means “think about.” Moses is speaking of thinking about something as if it were knowing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall consider” 7:9 iwfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠חֶ֗סֶד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “and is steadfast” @@ -875,7 +864,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 7:19 fewz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹתֹ֤ת וְ⁠הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the amazing signs” 7:19 bp4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּ֤ד הַ⁠חֲזָקָה֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠זְּרֹ֣עַ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָ֔ה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the very great power” 7:19 ph4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּ֤ד הַ⁠חֲזָקָה֙ 1 Here the word **hand** represents Yahweh’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the mighty power” -7:19 djs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠זְּרֹ֣עַ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks as if stretching out an arm were the act of showing power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the active strength” +7:19 djs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠זְּרֹ֣עַ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the active strength” 7:19 en3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצִֽאֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “took you out” 7:19 nng5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַתָּ֥ה יָרֵ֖א מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is using **faces** to represent people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are afraid” 7:20 xr3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 A **hornet** is a stinging insect. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “stinging insects” @@ -947,8 +936,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 8:12 eyd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to continue the hypothetical condition from the previous verse. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language to connect this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “especially if” or "and in case" 8:14 w1qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠רָ֖ם לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 In this verse, Moses gives the negative consequences that could happen as a result of the previous verses. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “so that your heart is lifted up” 8:14 ft1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠רָ֖ם לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **your heart is lifted up** is an idiom that means “you become proud.” The **heart** represents a person’s inner being. Height represents pride, so a **lifted up** heart is a proud heart. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you become prideful” or “and you become conceited” -8:14 k1uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” -8:14 rxto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבָדִֽים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you can express the idea behind slavery in another way. Alternative translation: “forced labor” +8:14 k1uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 8:15 c4zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָ֗א 1 The implication is that the wilderness causes terror because it is dangerous. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated this in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “and unsafe” 8:15 tvbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ וְ⁠עַקְרָ֔ב 1 In this verse, the words **serpent** and **scorpion** are singular in form, but they refer to all serpents and scorpions in the wilderness as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fiery serpents and scorpions” 8:15 anyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ 1 This phrase begins a list of the “great and terrible” things that the Israelites encountered in the wilderness. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “which had the fiery serpent” @@ -1056,10 +1044,10 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 9:18 t6ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָֽ⁠אֶתְנַפַּל֩ לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 Here, **prostrated** refers to the act of bowing on the ground and lying prone. Here it is a symbolic action to worship and show submission. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “And I bowed before Yahweh in submission and lay prone on the ground” 9:18 xf6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” 9:18 f1fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֗ה 1 Moses is referring to the first 40 day and 40 night fast that he completed on Mount Sinai from [verse 9](../09/09.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and I fasted again” -9:18 op3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּ⁠מַ֖יִם לֹ֣א שָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 See how you translated this in [verse 9](../09/09.md). +9:18 op3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּ⁠מַ֖יִם לֹ֣א שָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 See how you translated this in [verse 9](../09/09.md). 9:18 rbix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֚חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” 9:18 cw8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for someone's opinion or evaluation. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of” -9:18 a42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לְ⁠הַכְעִיסֽ⁠וֹ 1 This does not mean that the Israelites provoked Yahweh to anger on purpose, but rather, that their actions provoked Yahweh to anger. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “which provoked him to anger” +9:18 a42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠הַכְעִיסֽ⁠וֹ 1 This does not mean that the Israelites provoked Yahweh to anger on purpose, but rather, that their actions provoked Yahweh to anger. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “which provoked him to anger” 9:19 v2ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for Moses prostrating himself in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “But” 9:19 mt8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֤י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of” 9:19 i9wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָ⁠אַף֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ה 1 The terms **nose** and **heat** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extreme anger” @@ -1101,7 +1089,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 9:29 dknc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The terms **your people** and **your inheritance** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your own people” 9:29 vfxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “you took out” 9:29 roqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠כֹחֲ⁠ךָ֣ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֔ל וּ⁠בִֽ⁠זְרֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 The terms **great power** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “by your amazing acts” -9:29 rw92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִֽ⁠זְרֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of God stretching out his arm as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by your awesome deeds” +9:29 rw92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִֽ⁠זְרֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of God stretching out his **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by your awesome deeds” 10:intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes\n\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-5: Yahweh writes the commandments on stone tablets again\n- vv. 6-7: Aaron dies and the priesthood continues\n- vv. 8-9: the special role of the Levites\n- vv. 10-11: Yahweh listens to Moses and does not destroy the Israelites\n- vv. 12-22: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 10: “You” is singular.\n- vv. 12-14: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 15: See note.\n- vv. 17-19: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 20-22: “You” and “your” are singular.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 10:1 y2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠עֵ֨ת הַ⁠הִ֜וא 1 This refers to the end of the 40 days and 40 nights when Moses fasted on the mountain. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “After I finished praying and fasting” 10:1 sa1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כָּ⁠רִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like the first tablets of stone” @@ -1119,7 +1107,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:4 suaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֥⁠ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the two stone tablets. If this is not clear for your readers, you could name the items here. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh gave the stone tablets” 10:5 wr6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֵ֗פֶן 1 Here, the word **turned** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “And I got up” 10:5 utj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם 1 The implication is that the tablets are still in the box at the time when Moses is giving this speech to the Israelites. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “And they have been there ever since” -10:6-9 kwb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל נָֽסְע֛וּ מִ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה שָׁ֣ם מֵ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם וַ⁠יְכַהֵ֛ן אֶלְעָזָ֥ר בְּנ֖⁠וֹ תַּחְתָּֽי⁠ו׃ &\nמִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם נָסְע֖וּ הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֑דָ⁠ה וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֣דָ⁠ה יָטְבָ֔תָה אֶ֖רֶץ נַ֥חֲלֵי מָֽיִם׃ 1 In order to help readers understand what happens next in the story, these verses provide background information about the places where the Israelites traveled. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. +10:6-9 kwb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל נָֽסְע֛וּ מִ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה שָׁ֣ם מֵ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם וַ⁠יְכַהֵ֛ן אֶלְעָזָ֥ר בְּנ֖⁠וֹ תַּחְתָּֽי⁠ו׃ & מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם נָסְע֖וּ הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֑דָ⁠ה וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֣דָ⁠ה יָטְבָ֔תָה אֶ֖רֶץ נַ֥חֲלֵי מָֽיִם׃ 1 In order to help readers understand what happens next in the story, these verses provide background information about the places where the Israelites traveled. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. 10:6 f4iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה 1 The terms **Beeroth Bene Jaakan** and **Moserah** are names of places where the people of Israel traveled. **Beeroth Bene Jaakan** means “the wells that belonged to the sons of Jaakan.” You could include this information in a footnote if it would be helpful for your readers. 10:6 l2u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel made a grave for him at that place” 10:7 qs9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֑דָ⁠ה וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠גֻּדְגֹּ֣דָ⁠ה יָטְבָ֔תָה 1 The words **Gudgodah** and **Jotbathah** are names of places where the Israelites traveled. @@ -1127,7 +1115,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:8 yqro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִבְדִּ֤יל יְהוָה֙ 1 Here **separated** means “chose for a special role”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected” 10:8 bq99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the **box** that contains **the covenant of Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the box that held the covenant of Yahweh” 10:8 wove rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּרִית־יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **the covenant of Yahweh** represents the two stone tablets on which Yahweh wrote the Ten Commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tablets of the covenant” -10:8 p84p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠עֲמֹד֩ לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠שָֽׁרְת⁠וֹ֙ 1 The phrase **stand before the face of Yahweh to serve him** means “to offer sacrifices to Yahweh in the sacred tent”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh in the sacred tent” +10:8 p84p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠עֲמֹד֩ לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠שָֽׁרְת⁠וֹ֙ 1 The phrase **stand before the face of Yahweh to serve him** means “to offer sacrifices to Yahweh.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to serve Yahweh” 10:8 lnyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” 10:8 j087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠לְ⁠בָרֵ֣ךְ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to bless human beings” 10:8 dqs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as his representative” @@ -1151,15 +1139,16 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:11 yxy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their predecessors” 10:12 dgqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & מֵ⁠עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ & אֱלֹהֶ֜י⁠ךָ & אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ & נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 14](../10/14.md). Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were all one person. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 10:12 d3lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the Israelite people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” -10:12-13 x2jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֚ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ שֹׁאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ כִּ֣י אִם־לְ֠⁠יִרְאָה אֶת־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜י⁠ךָ לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲבָ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ &\nלִ⁠שְׁמֹ֞ר אֶת־מִצְוֺ֤ת יְהוָה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־חֻקֹּתָ֔י⁠ו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם לְ⁠ט֖וֹב לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Moses is using the question form to teach the people of Israel what Yahweh wants them to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as modeled by the UST. +10:12-13 x2jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֚ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ שֹׁאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ כִּ֣י אִם־לְ֠⁠יִרְאָה אֶת־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜י⁠ךָ לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲבָ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ & לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֞ר אֶת־מִצְוֺ֤ת יְהוָה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־חֻקֹּתָ֔י⁠ו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם לְ⁠ט֖וֹב לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Moses is using the question form to teach the people of Israel what Yahweh wants them to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as modeled by the UST. 10:12 hd9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were **paths**, and he is saying that obeying commandments is like walking on those **paths**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to obey all his commandments” 10:12 l6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **heart** and **spirit** could be: (1) terms that both refer to a person’s inner being that are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “your inner being” (2) terms that refer to different aspects of a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “your being and person” 10:14 kf71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֵ֚ן 1 Moses is using the term **behold** to focus the Israelites’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be aware” 10:14 ifm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 The possessive form is being used here to include all parts of the heavens, even the highest part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another form to indicate this height. Alternate translation: “all of the heavens, even to the highest part of heaven” 10:15 swp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֧ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between Yahweh’s authority over the universe and his love for the Israelites. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” 10:15 yl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה 1 Moses means that, at the time of this speech to the Israelites, they are still Yahweh’s chosen people. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are his chosen people this day” -10:16 f72x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת עָרְלַ֣ת לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Moses is speaking of the Israelites’ **hearts** as if they were foreskins that could be circumcised. Moses means that the Israelites should obey Yahweh willingly. In [Genesis 17:9-14](Gen/17/09.md) God commanded for all of the male Israelites to undergo circumcision as a symbol of their willing obedience to Yahweh's covenant. If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you must be obedient” or "And you must commit your wills to fulfilling the obligations of my covenant with you" +10:16 f72x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת עָרְלַ֣ת לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Moses is speaking of **circumcision** as if it were committing to covenant obedience. In [Genesis 17:9-14](Gen/17/09.md) God gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision and the Israelites then expressed their obedience to Yahweh's covenant by circumcising the foreskin of their son's genitals. If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "And you must commit your wills to fulfilling the obligations of my covenant with you" 10:16 rq4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּ⁠מַלְתֶּ֕ם 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And circumcise” +10:16 fxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or their desire to do something. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your wills” 10:16 caiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עָ֨רְפְּ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֥א תַקְשׁ֖וּ 1 Here, **stiffen your necks** is an idiom that means “be stubborn” and “be rebellious.” The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not be hard-hearted” or “and do not be rebellious” 10:17 tbk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” 10:17 d6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This does not mean that other gods worship Yahweh. Moses means that Yahweh is the one true God. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one true God” @@ -1188,7 +1177,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 11:1 wvr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְ⁠אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 11:1 e1ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And love … and keep” 11:1 l1p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants the Israelites to carry out the obligations that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the obligations that he gave you” -11:1 m9xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 Here, the phrase **all of the days** means forever. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “forever” +11:1 m9xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” 11:2 babi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּם֮ הַ⁠יּוֹם֒ כִּ֣י ׀ לֹ֣א אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדְעוּ֙ וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־רָא֔וּ אֶת־מוּסַ֖ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם אֶת־גָּדְל֕⁠וֹ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠חֲזָקָ֔ה וּ⁠זְרֹע֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that the relationship between **know** and **discipline** is clearer. Alternate translation: “And know today the discipline of Yahweh your God, which is not to your sons, who have not known and who have not seen it, his greatness, his mighty hand, or his outstretched arm,” 11:2 dp84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast לֹ֣א 1 Moses uses the word **not** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the Israelites have experienced and what their descendants have experienced. Moses means that the Israelites, and not their descendants, have personally experienced Yahweh’s discipline. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in fact it is not” 11:2 zht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your descendants” @@ -1358,7 +1347,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 12:15 q9mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּמֵ֤א וְ⁠הַ⁠טָּהוֹר֙ 1 A **clean** person is anyone who has is ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. An **unclean** person is anyone who has touched something unclean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone, whether or not they have touched anything unclean” 12:15 g3mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַ⁠טָּמֵ֤א וְ⁠הַ⁠טָּהוֹר֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **unclean** and **clean** as nouns to refer to people and their ceremonial purity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are unclean and people who are clean” 12:15 gti8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠צְּבִ֖י 1 The implication is that the Israelites could eat domesticated animals (which were designated for certain sacrifices) for food, just as they would eat wild animals (which were not used in sacrifices). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are permitted to eat wild animals like the gazelle” -12:15 u3a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ⁠צְּבִ֖י וְ⁠כָ⁠אַיָּֽל 1 A **gazelle* and a **deer** are hoofed animals with long, thin legs that can run quickly. The males grow horns, called antlers, from their heads. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “such as the hoofed, wild animals” +12:15 u3a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ⁠צְּבִ֖י 1 A **gazelle* is a hoofed animal with long, thin legs that can run quickly. The males grow horns, called antlers, from their heads. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “such as the hoofed, wild animal” 12:16 gaan rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֥ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between which parts of the animals that the Israelites could and could not eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Except” 12:16 fvd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רַ֥ק הַ⁠דָּ֖ם לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑לוּ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖⁠נּוּ כַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 In [Leviticus 17:10-14](Lev/17/10.md) Yahweh forbids the Israelites from eating blood. He explains that the life of animals is in their blood, and the blood is reserved for sacrifices. Yahweh commands the Israelites to drain the blood of the animal onto the ground and bury the blood before cooking and consuming the animal. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Only do not eat the blood, because the blood is the life of the animal” 12:17 di9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town and everything within it. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your communities” @@ -1374,7 +1363,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 12:19 c01t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּֽן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” 12:19 u96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־הַ⁠לֵּוִ֑י 1 As explained in the [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md), the Levites relied on tithes to live. An Israelite could **forsake the Levite** if they withheld offerings from the priests. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you forsake the Levite by withholding food from him” 12:19 kquw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶת־הַ⁠לֵּוִ֑י 1 The word **Levite** represents all Levites in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any Levite” -12:19 hhh7 waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **all your days** means “as long as you live.” Alternate translation: “throughout your life” +12:19 hhh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a period of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you use a comparable phrase from your language for describing a length of time. Alternate translation: “throughout your life” 12:20 h1vp כִּֽי־יַרְחִיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֥י⁠ךָ אֶֽת־גְּבֽוּלְ⁠ךָ֮ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will broaden the **borders** of the Israelites’ land by allowing them to conquer more land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh your God causes you to conquer more land” 12:20 fl1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here **spoken** means “promised”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has sworn” 12:20 j573 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֙ אֹכְלָ֣ה בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־תְאַוֶּ֥ה נַפְשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֣ל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. @@ -1441,16 +1430,16 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 13:4 gw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֲרֵ֨י & תֵּלֵ֖כוּ 1 Here, **walk after** means “worship.” Moses is speaking of worshiping Yahweh as if people were physically walking behind him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall worship” 13:4 s4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קֹל֣⁠וֹ תִשְׁמָ֔עוּ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and listen to his instructions” 13:4 ugl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠ב֥⁠וֹ תִדְבָּקֽוּ⁠ן 1 Here Moses is speaking of having a good relationship with Yahweh as if a person were physically holding onto him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and maintain a good relationship with him” -13:5 jdmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּבִ֣יא הַ⁠ה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַ⁠חֲל֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת כִּ֣י דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה עַל־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֜ם הַ⁠מּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֣ם ׀ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם וְ⁠הַ⁠פֹּֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים לְ⁠הַדִּֽיחֲ⁠ךָ֙ מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּ⁠ךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so it is clear which phrases refer to Yahweh and which refer to the prophet or dreamer of dreams. Alternate translation: “And that prophet or dreamer of dreams shall be put to death because he has spoken rebellion against Yahweh your God in order to drive you out from the way in which Yahweh your God commanded you to walk. Remember that Yahweh your God is the one who brought you out from the land of Egypt, and who redeemed you from the house of slavery” +13:5 jdmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּבִ֣יא הַ⁠ה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַ⁠חֲל֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת כִּ֣י דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה עַל־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֜ם הַ⁠מּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֣ם ׀ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם וְ⁠הַ⁠פֹּֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים לְ⁠הַדִּֽיחֲ⁠ךָ֙ מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּ⁠ךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so it is clear which phrases refer to Yahweh and which refer to the prophet or dreamer of dreams. Alternate translation: “And that prophet or dreamer of dreams shall be put to death because he has spoken rebellion against Yahweh your God in order to drive you out from the way in which Yahweh your God commanded you to walk. Remember that Yahweh your God is the one who brought you out from the land of Egypt, and who redeemed you from the house of slaves” 13:5 d5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּבִ֣יא הַ⁠ה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַ⁠חֲל֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must put to death that prophet or that dreamer of dreams” 13:5 h1yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rebellion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he wants you to rebel” 13:5 obby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠מּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֣ם 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “who took you out” -13:5 ttf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” +13:5 ttf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 13:5 tbl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַדִּֽיחֲ⁠ךָ֙ מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּ⁠ךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were a **way** on which one walks. He speaks of disobedience as going away from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause you to reject the commands of Yahweh your God” 13:5 qi6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָ⁠רָ֖ע מִ⁠קִּרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here Moses is speaking of **evil** as if it were a physical object one could remove from a community of people If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And do not tolerate evil among you” 13:5 nf2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ⁠רָ֖ע 1 Moses is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean an evil person and their evil behavior. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “any evildoer” 13:6 k2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֣י 1 Moses is using the word translated as **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Should it happen that” -13:6 ync7 waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֣שֶׁת חֵיקֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 Here, **bosom** represents relational intimacy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your dear wife” +13:6 ync7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֣שֶׁת חֵיקֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 Here, **bosom** represents relational intimacy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your dear wife” 13:6 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֛ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כְּ⁠נַפְשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, Moses means a **friend** who is so important to someone that they are as important as **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your dearest friend” 13:6-7 guv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יְסִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֡ & בַּ⁠סֵּ֣תֶר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר נֵֽלְכָ֗ה וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָה֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “secretly entices you to go and serve other gods that you have not known—you or your fathers—from the gods of the peoples that surround you, near to you or far from you, from one end of the earth and to the other end of the earth” 13:6 dj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. @@ -1469,7 +1458,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 13:10 es1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּ⁠סְקַלְתּ֥⁠וֹ בָ⁠אֲבָנִ֖ים וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 The expression **stone him to death with stones** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And you shall stone him to death” 13:10 nt8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַדִּֽיחֲ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were a path that one walks on. He speaks of disobedience as someone driving one away from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause you to reject the commands of Yahweh” 13:10 eo35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠מּוֹצִיאֲ⁠ךָ֛ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “who took you out” -13:10 cdm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” +13:10 cdm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 13:11 ns29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִשְׁמְע֖וּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the chapter if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will hear about the execution” 13:11 gl25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר 1 Here, **things** refers to the actions of the false prophets and dreamers of dreams. These include urging others to disobey Yahweh and urging others to worship idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as the idolatrous deeds of” 13:11 y3ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָ⁠רָ֛ע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful behavior” @@ -1497,7 +1486,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 13:17 l542 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַעַן֩ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 13:17 d934 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָשׁ֨וּב יְהוָ֜ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here Moses is speaking of relenting from anger as if one were turning away from the **burning** fire of anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will relent in his rage” 13:17 pv6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from his rage” -13:17 o3gj waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠נָֽתַן־לְ⁠ךָ֤ רַחֲמִים֙ וְ⁠רִֽחַמְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 The terms **give compassion** and **have compassion** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and he will give you much compassion” +13:17 o3gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠נָֽתַן־לְ⁠ךָ֤ רַחֲמִים֙ וְ⁠רִֽחַמְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 The terms **give compassion** and **have compassion** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and he will give you much compassion” 13:17 ub8z waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִרְבֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **make** the population of Israelites **increase** in number by births. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and increase your population” 13:17 vyv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors” 13:18 bzd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **when** indicates that what follows is the condition for the blessings from Yahweh in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “only when” @@ -1514,7 +1503,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 14:2 ksd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **face** represents the surface of the earth and everything that exists on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are anywhere on the earth” 14:2 z5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עַ֤ם קָדוֹשׁ֙ אַתָּ֔ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠ךָ֞ בָּחַ֣ר יְהוָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת ל⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠עַ֣ם סְגֻלָּ֔ה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “for you are a nation set apart for Yahweh your God, indeed, he has chosen you to be a people for his possession” 14:3 jpve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** is singular in Hebrew here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. -14:5 pui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠צְבִ֖י & וְ⁠דִישֹׁ֖ן וּ⁠תְא֥וֹ 1 These are all hoofed animals with long, thin legs that can run quickly. Their males grow horns from their head. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “all kinds of hoofed wild animals” +14:5 pui3 return rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠צְבִ֖י & וְ⁠דִישֹׁ֖ן וּ⁠תְא֥וֹ 1 These are all hoofed animals with long, thin legs that can run quickly. Their males grow horns from their head. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “all kinds of hoofed wild animals” 14:6 tr2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה 1 Moses is referring to a **hoof** that is split into two parts instead of being one whole. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “whose hooves are two separate parts” 14:6 fusf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י פְרָס֔וֹת 1 Moses is reffering to **hooves** that are split into two at the front, but the back of the hoof is connected. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “or with cloven hooves” 14:6 wwj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה 1 An animal that chews **the cud** has multiple stomachs. The animal brings its food up from its stomach and chews it again. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “which are ruminants” @@ -1604,45 +1593,44 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 14:29 pzwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” 14:29 xrwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֤עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 14:29 zfp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶֽׂה 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent the whole person in the act of working. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that you yourself do” -15:intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech that began in chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Rules for canceling debts every 7 years\n- vv. 12-18: Rules for fellow Israelite slaves\n- vv. 19-23: Rules for firstborn male livestock\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israelite slaves\n\nThis chapter contains rules for owning slaves that were fellow Israelites. An Israelite might work as another Israelite’s slave to pay off debt. Instead of receiving pay, their wages would go toward their debt. The debtor would be their creditor’s property, and they could not work elsewhere. If the word “slave” would not accurately describe this practice in your culture, you could use a comparable term, such as “indentured servant” or “bondservant.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/servant]])\n\n## Other possible translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “You”\nEven though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, “you” and “your” are singular in this chapter. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -15:1 cd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠קֵּ֥ץ שֶֽׁבַע־שָׁנִ֖ים 1 The implication is that the Israelites must obey this command every seven years. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Every seventh year” +15:intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech that began in chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Rules for canceling debts every 7 years\n- vv. 12-18: Rules for fellow Israelite slaves\n- vv. 19-23: Rules for firstborn male livestock\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israelite slaves\n\nThis chapter contains rules for owning slaves that were fellow Israelites. An Israelite might work as another Israelite’s slave to pay off debt. Instead of receiving pay, their wages would go toward their debt. The debtor would be their creditor’s property, and they could not work elsewhere. If the word “slave” would not accurately describe this practice in your culture, you could use a comparable term, such as “indentured servant” or “bondservant.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/servant]])\n\n## Other possible translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses refers to the Israelites, he uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” \n- vv. 1- : “You” is singular.\nUse pronouns that would be natural in your language for referring to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +15:1 cd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠קֵּ֥ץ שֶֽׁבַע־שָׁנִ֖ים 1 The implication is that the Israelites must obey this command once every seven years. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Every seventh year” 15:1 dqgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “make” 15:1 ym2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה שְׁמִטָּֽה 1 The implication is that the **remission** is a **remission** of debts. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall declare that loans do not need to be paid back” 15:2 dx4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַ֣ר 1 Here, **word** represents instructions or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the procedure for” 15:2 bide rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠שְּׁמִטָּה֒ & שְׁמִטָּ֖ה 1 The implication is that the **remission** is a **remission** of debts. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “how you should release debts … the commandment for remission of debt of” 15:2 wti8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ֨עַל֙ מַשֵּׁ֣ה 1 The implication is that the **owner of debt** loaned money to someone else. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “creditor” 15:2 bfqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁמ֗וֹט כָּל־בַּ֨עַל֙ מַשֵּׁ֣ה יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **release his hand** is an idiom that means “forgive the debts owed to him.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every owner of debt shall forgive what is owed to him” -15:2 y5dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ & אֶת־רֵעֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking of anyone who lived within Israelite communities as if they were a next-door **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to anyone living in his community … his fellow countryman” -15:2 g41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 Here **brother** means fellow Israelite or fellow Hebrew. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even his fellow Israelite” +15:2 y5dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ & אֶת־רֵעֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking as if any fellow Israelite living in the same community as oneself were one’s next door **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his fellow Hebrew … his fellow Hebrew” +15:2 g41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 Here **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even his fellow Israelite” 15:2 l5im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי־קָרָ֥א שְׁמִטָּ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh has commanded you to void debts” 15:3 xv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּשְׁמֵ֥ט יָדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **release your hand** is an idiom that means “forgive the debts owed to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must forgive whatever he owes” -15:4 cxl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֑וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “needy person” -15:4 k0kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication בָרֵ֤ךְ יְבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **bless** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “will surely bless you” +15:4 cxl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֑וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destitute ones” +15:4 k0kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication בָרֵ֤ךְ יְבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Moses is repeating the verb **bless** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will surely bless you” 15:4 k586 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ נֹֽתֵן־לְ⁠ךָ֥ נַחֲלָ֖ה לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 The expression **in the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you as an inheritance, to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land that he is giving to you” 15:5 e1uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical רַ֚ק אִם 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only bless the Israelites if they obey him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “if and only if” 15:5 s4b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁמ֣וֹעַ תִּשְׁמַ֔ע 1 Moses is repeating the verb **listen** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you indeed listen” 15:5 x28x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠ק֖וֹל 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the commands of” -15:5 m0yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 The implication is that Moses is telling the Israelites the commands from Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am commanding you on his behalf” +15:5 m0yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Moses is telling the Israelites the commands from Yahweh. Yahweh is the original source of the commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am commanding you on his behalf” 15:6 f8v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here, **spoke** means “promised”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he swore” -15:6 f39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַֽעֲבַטְתָּ֞ & לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Moses is talking about money is implied from the context. Alternate translation: “you will lend money … you will not borrow money” +15:6 f39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַֽעֲבַטְתָּ֞ & וְ⁠אַתָּה֙ לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Moses is talking about money is implied from the context. Alternate translation: “you will lend money … and you yourself will not borrow money” 15:6 iv7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אַתָּה֙ לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **borrow**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourself**. Alternate translation: “and you indeed will not borrow” 15:6 p426 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גּוֹיִ֣ם & & בְּ⁠גוֹיִ֣ם רַבִּ֔ים 1 Here, the word **nations** represents the people living in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “peoples … over many peoples” -15:6 put6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מָֽשַׁלְתָּ֙ בְּ⁠גוֹיִ֣ם רַבִּ֔ים וּ⁠בְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א יִמְשֹֽׁלוּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and you will rule over many nations, indeed, they will not rule over you” -15:6 bodm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָֽשַׁלְתָּ֙ & לֹ֥א יִמְשֹֽׁלוּ 1 Here **rule** means “have financial influence”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your economy will have sway … their economy will have no sway ” -15:7 ic8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites must be generous to a fellow Israelite if he is poor. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose that” +15:6 bodm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָֽשַׁלְתָּ֙ & לֹ֥א יִמְשֹֽׁלוּ 1 Here, **rule** means “have financial influence”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your economy will have sway … their economy will have no sway ” +15:7 ic8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי 1 Here, Moses is using **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation and give instructions for what to do if the situation occurs. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that” 15:7 e7tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֜וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “any needy person” 15:7 yi5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ & מֵ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הָ⁠אֶבְיֽוֹן 1 Here **brothers** and **brother** means “fellow Israelites”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen … from your poor fellow Israelite” -15:7 cw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “your communities” +15:7 cw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “your communities” 15:7 s1y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֧א תְאַמֵּ֣ץ אֶת־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, **harden your heart** is an idiom that means “be cruel.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must not be hard-hearted” or “you must not be cruel” -15:7 y4ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **shut your hand** is an idiom that means “be stingy.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you must not be stingy” 15:7 bsfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְ⁠ךָ֔ מֵ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הָ⁠אֶבְיֽוֹן 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **shut**. Alternate translation: “and you must open your hand to your poor brother” +15:7 y4ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **shut your hand** is an idiom that means “be stingy.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you must not be stingy” 15:8 mx4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what an Israelite should and should not do to a poor fellow Israelite. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for” 15:8 kg0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication פָתֹ֧חַ תִּפְתַּ֛ח 1 Moses is repeating the verb **open** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you must surely open” 15:8 x1h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּפְתַּ֛ח אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **open your hand** is an idiom that means “give generously.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must give freely” 15:8 wupa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo מַחְסֹר֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֶחְסַ֖ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 The expression **his need that he has need** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “for whatever he needs” 15:9 x1yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” -15:9 s6u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל 1 Here, **you have a wicked matter in your heart** is an idiom that means “you think a wicked thought.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have a wicked idea” -15:9 w2xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַ⁠שֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠שְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you remember that the year of remission is near and come up with a wicked idea” +15:9 a3sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s inner being and thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lest you think of a wicked matter” +15:9 w2xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַ⁠שֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠שְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you remember that the year of remission is near and you think of a wicked matter” 15:9 ldyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces someone’s thoughts. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. 15:9 fc71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַ⁠שֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠שְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 It is implied that someone would be reluctant to lend money because they might have to cancel the debt at the year of remission before the debtor pays it back. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The seventh year, the year of remission, is near, and I might have to cancel debts owed to me” 15:9 x9aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שְׁנַֽת־הַ⁠שֶּׁבַע֮ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Year seven” @@ -1650,43 +1638,44 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 15:9 ys9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠רָעָ֣ה עֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, **do wrong in your eyes** is an idiom that means “act hostile.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you act with hostility” 15:9 n5bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הָֽ⁠אֶבְי֔וֹן 1 Here **brother** means “fellow Israelite”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against your poor fellow countryman” 15:9 ia9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠קָרָ֤א עָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 The implication is that the poor Israelite will complain to Yahweh about the Israelite’s lack of generosity. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he complains to Yahweh that you did not help him” -15:9 qs88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בְ⁠ךָ֖ חֵֽטְא 1 The implication is that Yahweh would condemn the Israelite for his lack of generosity. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will condemn his actions against you as sin” +15:9 qs88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בְ⁠ךָ֖ חֵֽטְא 1 The implication is that Yahweh would condemn the Israelite for his lack of generosity. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will condemn your actions as sin” 15:10 tie9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication נָת֤וֹן תִּתֵּן֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **give** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must surely give” -15:10 r7sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרַ֥ע לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you must not be stingy” +15:10 r7sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרַ֥ע לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not desire to do evil” 15:10 ew7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כֹ֖ל מִשְׁלַ֥ח יָדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **the sending out of your hand** is an idiom that means “the results of your hard work.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and in all the fruits of your labor” or “and in all the results of your hard work” -15:11 yhm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹא־יֶחְדַּ֥ל אֶבְי֖וֹן מִ⁠קֶּ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **cease**. Alternate translation: “needy people will live among you no matter what” +15:11 yhm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹא־יֶחְדַּ֥ל אֶבְי֖וֹן מִ⁠קֶּ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **cease**. Alternate translation: “needy people will live among you continually” 15:11 tq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֖וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “needy people” -15:11 vi74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָנֹכִ֤י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ לְ⁠אָחִ֧י⁠ךָ לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠אַרְצֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “command you to open your hand to your brother, to your needy, and to your poor in your land” +15:11 vi74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָנֹכִ֤י מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ לְ⁠אָחִ֧י⁠ךָ לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠אַרְצֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I command you to open your hand to your brother, to your needy, and to your poor in your land” 15:11 x1w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. 15:11 lbvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח 1 Moses is repeating the verb **open** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must surely open” -15:11 l4vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here **open your hand** means “give generously.” Moses is speaking of opening one’s hand as if one were allowing other people to take whatever they wanted from oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Eagerly give help” +15:11 l4vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here **open your hand** means “give generously.” Moses is speaking of opening one’s hand as if one were allowing other people to take whatever they wanted from oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Eagerly offer help” 15:11 zalp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠אָחִ֧י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow countryman” -15:11 bvr1 waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לְ⁠אָחִ֧י⁠ךָ לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 This does not mean “to all poor people and to all needy people.” Moses is referring to Israelites who are poor or needy. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “to your brother who is needy and poor” +15:11 bvr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לְ⁠אָחִ֧י⁠ךָ לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 This does not mean “to all poor people and to all needy people.” Moses is referring to Israelites who are poor or needy. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “to your brother who is needy and poor” 15:11 v4zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 The terms **needy** and **poor** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are in need” 15:11 v9wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לַ⁠עֲנִיֶּ֛⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **needy** and **poor** as nouns to mean needy people and poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to your ones who are needy, and to your ones who are poor” 15:12 lexb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי־יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְ⁠ךָ֜ אָחִ֣י⁠ךָ הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֗י א֚וֹ הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיָּ֔ה וַ⁠עֲבָֽדְ⁠ךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָה֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת תְּשַׁלְּחֶ֥⁠נּוּ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose your brother, a Hebrew man or Hebrew woman, is sold to you and serves you six years, then in the seventh year you should send him out” 15:12 s6rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחִ֣י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow countryman” -15:12 w71j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 The implication is that the Hebrew man or woman could not pay their debts, so they sold themselves to work for their creditor to pay back their debt. See the [chapter introduction](../15/intro.md) for more information. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “is sold to you to pay his debt” +15:12 w71j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 When someone could not pay their debts, he or she would sell himself or herself to work for their creditor to pay back their debt. See the [chapter introduction](../15/intro.md) for more information. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “is sold to you to pay his debt” 15:12 s9n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְ⁠ךָ֜ אָחִ֣י⁠ךָ הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֗י א֚וֹ הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיָּ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your brother, a Hebrew man or a Hebrew woman, becomes your slave” 15:12 m72h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָה֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “then in year seven” 15:12 cbq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּשַׁלְּחֶ֥⁠נּוּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of freeing a slave as if one were sending out a messenger from their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must liberate him” 15:13 buvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠כִֽי־תְשַׁלְּחֶ֥⁠נּוּ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. 15:13 f4yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א תְשַׁלְּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ רֵיקָֽם 1 Moses is speaking of a person who has no possessions as if he were an empty object. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must not let him leave without provisions” +15:13 eo9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א תְשַׁלְּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ רֵיקָֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adverb **emptily**. Alternate translation: “you must send him with provisions” 15:14 t5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הַעֲנֵ֤יק תַּעֲנִיק֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **liberally provide** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must very liberally provide” 15:14 qimm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִֽ⁠גָּרְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **threshing floor** represents grain for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and from your food” 15:14 u0u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִ⁠יִּקְבֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **winepress** represents wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and from your wine” -15:14 u56k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֧ר בֵּרַכְ⁠ךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh is the one who enabled the Israelite to have sheep, grain, and wine, so they should give it away as Yahweh commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled you to have these possessions, so whatever you have” +15:14 u56k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֧ר בֵּרַכְ⁠ךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh is the one who enabled the Israelite to have sheep, grain, and wine, so they should give it away as Yahweh commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled you to have these possessions, so in proportion to what you have” 15:16-17 d664 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠הָיָה֙ כִּֽי־יֹאמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א מֵ⁠עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ כִּ֤י אֲהֵֽבְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בֵּיתֶ֔⁠ךָ כִּי־ט֥וֹב ל֖⁠וֹ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ & וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֣ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If he should say to you, ‘I will not go from you,’ because he loves you and your house, because {it is} good for him {to be} with you, then you must take” 15:16 dd3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א מֵ⁠עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he does not want to go from you” 15:16 g927 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּיתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **house** represents the other people living in the owner’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your family” -15:16 pku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ט֥וֹב ל֖⁠וֹ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The implication is that it is good for the slave to be with the owner because the owner allows him to have a good life. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he fares well with you” -15:17 dml6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֣ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְצֵ֗עַ וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ה בְ⁠אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠דֶּ֔לֶת 1 The implication is that the owner must pierce the slave’s earlobe. The slave would stand against the door, and the owner would poke the awl through the ear and into the door. The door helped make sure that the awl went all the way through the earlobe. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “text” Alternate translation: “then you will place his head against a flat surface in your house, and then put the point of the awl through one of his earlobes into the wood” -15:17 b9kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְצֵ֗עַ 1 An **awl** is a sharp, pointed tool, usually made out of metal for making holes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a pointy tool” +15:16 pku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ט֥וֹב ל֖⁠וֹ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The implication is that it is **good** for the slave to be with the owner because the owner allows him to have a good life. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he fares well with you” +15:17 dml6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֣ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְצֵ֗עַ וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ה בְ⁠אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠דֶּ֔לֶת 1 The implication is that the owner must pierce the slave’s earlobe. The slave would stand against a **door**, and the owner would poke the **awl** through the **ear** and into the **door**. The **door** helped the **awl** pierce all the way through the earlobe. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you will place his head against a flat surface in your house, and then put the point of the awl through one of his earlobes into the wood” +15:17 b9kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְצֵ֗עַ 1 An **awl** is a sharp, pointed tool, usually made out of metal for making holes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a sharp tool” 15:17 nirc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עוֹלָ֑ם 1 Here Moses is speaking of someone’s lifespan as if it were **forever**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until he dies” 15:17 ri7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אַ֥ף לַ⁠אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּעֲשֶׂה־כֵּֽן 1 The implication is that the owner must **also** pierce a female servant’s ear if she wants to stay with him and his family. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And if any of your female servants wants to stay with you, you shall also pierce their ear and let her be your slave for the rest of her life” -15:18 oxj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִקְשֶׁ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 Here, **in the eyes** of is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not consider it a burden” +15:18 oxj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִקְשֶׁ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 Here, **in your eyes** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not consider it a burden” 15:18 zaxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שַׁלֵּֽחֲ⁠ךָ֙ אֹת֤⁠וֹ חָפְשִׁי֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking of freeing a slave as if one were letting a prisoner go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to liberate him” -15:18 s7d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁנֶה֙ שְׂכַ֣ר שָׂכִ֔יר עֲבָֽדְ⁠ךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים 1 The implication is that the amount of money that a slave would earn to pay off their debt was half the amount of money that a hired man would earn in wages. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he has served you six years at half the rate of a hired worker” +15:18 s7d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁנֶה֙ שְׂכַ֣ר שָׂכִ֔יר עֲבָֽדְ⁠ךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים 1 The implication is that the amount of money that a slave would earn to pay off their debt was half the amount of money that **a hired man** would earn in wages. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he has served you six years at half the rate of a hired worker” 15:18 v42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְ⁠ךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Moses is saying that if the Israelites obey the commands about freeing slaves without complaining, then Yahweh will bless them as a result. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “If you do that, Yahweh your God will bless you” 15:19 mxqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּֽל־הַ⁠בְּכ֡וֹר אֲשֶׁר֩ יִוָּלֵ֨ד בִּ⁠בְקָרְ⁠ךָ֤ וּ⁠בְ⁠צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠זָּכָ֔ר תַּקְדִּ֖ישׁ לַ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 In [Exodus 13:2](Exo/13/02.md), Yahweh commands the Israelites to dedicate all firstborn male domesticated animals to him by sacrificing them at the temple or selling them for an offering. The animals were considered as Yahweh’s belongings. This command would remind the Israelites that Yahweh saved the firstborn sons from the plague in Egypt that killed all other firstborn sons. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Dedicate the firstborn males of your domesticated animals to Yahweh your God” 15:19 ag03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases לֹ֤א תַעֲבֹד֙ בִּ⁠בְכֹ֣ר שׁוֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites could not use the firstborn male cows to pull plows in their fields. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not use the firstborn male cows to plow fields” @@ -1694,23 +1683,24 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 15:20 w1lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְ⁠שָׁנָ֔ה 1 Here, **year by year** is an idiom that means “every year.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every year” 15:20 dq5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **house** represents all of the people living in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your household” 15:21 h9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜⁠וֹ מ֗וּם פִּסֵּ֨חַ֙ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֔ר כֹּ֖ל מ֣וּם רָ֑ע לֹ֣א תִזְבָּחֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose it has on it a blemish—lame or blind, any severe blemish. In that case, you must not sacrifice it” -15:21 euqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the firstborn male animal has on it” +15:21 euqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the firstborn male animal has on itself” 15:21 jaw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜⁠וֹ מ֗וּם 1 The expression **it has on it a blemish** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “it has a blemish” 15:21 t6e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown פִּסֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 The word **lame** means crippled or physically disabled. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of blemish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “physically disabled” -15:22 p3c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תֹּאכֲלֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal that has a physical defect. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “You shall eat the animal with a blemish” -15:22 qx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, gates represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” +15:22 p3c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תֹּאכֲלֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal that has a physical defect. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the term again. Alternate translation: “You shall eat the animal that has a blemish” +15:22 qx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, gates represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” 15:22 rqw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּמֵ֤א וְ⁠הַ⁠טָּהוֹר֙ 1 A **clean** person is anyone who has is ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. An **unclean** person is anyone who has touched something unclean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone, whether or not they are ceremonially clean” 15:22 b6xm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַ⁠טָּמֵ֤א וְ⁠הַ⁠טָּהוֹר֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **unclean** and **clean** as nouns to refer to people and their ceremonial purity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ceremonially unclean and people who are ceremonially clean” 15:22 dvbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠צְּבִ֖י 1 The implication is that the Israelites could eat a firstborn male that has a blemish, just as they would eat wild animals (which are not used in sacrifices). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are allowed to eat wild animals like the gazelle” 15:22 lxt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ⁠צְּבִ֖י 1 See how you translated this in [12:15](../12/15.md). 15:23 xsv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֥ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between which parts of the animals that the Israelites could and could not eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Except” 15:23 bw7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־דָּמ֖⁠וֹ לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑ל עַל־הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖⁠נּוּ כַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 See how you translated this in [12:16](../12/16.md). -16:intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: Instructions for the Festival of the Passover\n- vv. 9-12: Instructions for the Festival of the Harvest\n- vv. 13-17: Instructions for the Feast of Huts\n- vv. 18-22: Adminstration of Justice\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Feasts\n\nThis chapter gives instructions for the feasts that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate. The Passover feast represents the time when the Israelites escaped from Egypt. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -16:1 byqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁמוֹר֙ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must keep “the month of Aviv” by celebrating the Festival of the Passover during that month. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Celebrate” +16:intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: Instructions for the Festival of the Passover\n- vv. 9-12: Instructions for the Festival of the Harvest\n- vv. 13-17: Instructions for the Feast of Huts\n- vv. 18-22: Adminstration of Justice\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Feasts\n\nThis chapter gives instructions for the feasts that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate. The Passover feast represents the time when the Israelites escaped from Egypt. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses the singular forms of “you” in this chapter. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +16:1 byqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁמוֹר֙ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must **keep** “the month of Aviv” by celebrating the Festival of the Passover during that month. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Celebrate” 16:1 q8mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths אֶת־חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠אָבִ֔יב 1 **Aviv** is the first month of the Hebrew calendar and inhcludes parts of March and April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say in a footnote approximately what time of year that is on your calendar. -16:1 jne3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֞י בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָבִ֗יב הוֹצִ֨יאֲ⁠ךָ֜ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֖יִם לָֽיְלָה 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 12](Exo/12/01.md), when Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate because he was about to bring the Israelites out of Egypt. The Israelites left in a hurry at **night**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for in the month of Aviv, Yahweh your God commanded you to celebrate the Passover because he brought you out from Egypt at night” +16:1 tjfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠עָשִׂ֣יתָ 1 For more information about translating “shall,” see the [book introduction](../front/intro.md). +16:1 uqsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָשִׂ֣יתָ 1 Here, **make** means “celebrate” or “observe.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “observe” +16:1 jne3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֞י בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָבִ֗יב הוֹצִ֨יאֲ⁠ךָ֜ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֖יִם לָֽיְלָה 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 12](Exo/12/01.md), when Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate because he was about to bring the Israelites **out from Egypt**. The Israelites left in a hurry at **night**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for in the month of Aviv, Yahweh your God commanded you to celebrate the Passover because he brought you out from Egypt at night” 16:1 kjsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצִ֨יאֲ⁠ךָ֜ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “took you out” -16:2 j8oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠זָבַ֥חְתָּ 1 For more information about translating “shall,” see the [book introduction](../front/intro.md). 16:2 f3xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּ֛סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover” 16:2 tvqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה 1 The implication is that the Passover sacrifice was for honoring **Yahweh**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the honor of Yahweh” 16:2 nb19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֑ר 1 Here, **the flock and the herd** represent the animals sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. Yahweh commanded each Israelite family to sacrifice a male lamb or goat without blemish during the sacrifice in [Numbers 9](Num/09/01.md) and [Exodus 12](Exo/12/01.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one male from the flock or the herd from each of your families” @@ -1721,32 +1711,31 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 16:3 i2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish עָלָ֥י⁠ו מַצּ֖וֹת לֶ֣חֶם עֹ֑נִי 1 Here, **bread of affliction** refers to **unleavened bread**. It does not refer to another type of bread that the Israelites should eat. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “unleavened bread, which is the bread of affliction, on it” 16:3 gfq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” 16:3 dd9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָצָ֨אתָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “you went out” -16:3 df5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְ⁠חִפָּז֗וֹן יָצָ֨אתָ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 The implication is that the people had to leave Egypt so quickly that they did not have enough time to make bread with yeast in it, because bread with yeast takes time to rise. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you could not wait for bread with yeast because you had to escape Egypt so fast” +16:3 df5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְ⁠חִפָּז֗וֹן יָצָ֨אתָ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 The implication is that the Israelites had to leave Egypt so quickly that they did not have enough time to make bread with yeast in it, because bread with yeast takes time to rise. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you could not wait for bread with yeast because you had to escape Egypt so fast” 16:3 zi9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a duration of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as long as you live” 16:4 jvu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֥ שְׂאֹ֛ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And get rid of all the yeast among you” 16:4 bmyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵרָאֶ֨ה 1 Here, **seen** means “owned” or “possessed.” Moses is speaking of being **seen** with something as if it were owning it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “shall be present” -16:4 mbhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־יָלִ֣ין מִן־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּזְבַּ֥ח בָּ⁠עֶ֛רֶב בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר 1 The implication is that the Israelites must eat all the meat from the Passover sacrifice in the same evening that they sacrifice it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you must eat all of the meat that you sacrifice in the evening on the first day before the morning” +16:4 mbhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־יָלִ֣ין מִן־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּזְבַּ֥ח בָּ⁠עֶ֛רֶב בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר 1 The implication is that the Israelites must eat all the meat from the Passover sacrifice in the same evening that they sacrifice it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you must eat all of the meat that you sacrifice in the evening on that day” 16:4 uc3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day one” 16:5 s93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover” -16:5 x2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the borders of the towns in the land of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “within any of the land” -16:6 p7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַ⁠מָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ שָׁ֛ם 1 The expression **the place that Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell, there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place where Yahweh will set his name” +16:5 x2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the borders of the towns in the land of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the towns” +16:6 p7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַ⁠מָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ שָׁ֛ם 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “the place where Yahweh will set his name” 16:6 tu02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents Yahweh’s presence and blessings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for his presence” -16:6 dmbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֖סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover” +16:6 dmbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֖סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrifice for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover” 16:6 u7ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּ⁠ב֣וֹא הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 Here, **the going down of the sun** is an idiom that means “sunset.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at sunset” -16:7 f6n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בִשַּׁלְתָּ֙ וְ⁠אָ֣כַלְתָּ֔ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall cook the meat and eat the meat” +16:7 f6n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בִשַּׁלְתָּ֙ וְ⁠אָ֣כַלְתָּ֔ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall cook the meat and eat it” 16:7 djph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּ⁠מָּק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “in the place which Yahweh your God will choose” -16:7 et9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתָ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וְ⁠הָלַכְתָּ֖ 1 Here, the word turn describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and in the morning you shall go back” +16:7 et9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתָ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וְ⁠הָלַכְתָּ֖ 1 Here, the word **turn** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and in the morning you shall go back” 16:8 sj92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and on day seven” 16:9 bxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ בַּ⁠קָּמָ֔ה 1 Here, **the sickle on the grain** is an idiom that means “harvest time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harvesting time”\n -16:9 lw26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ 1 A **sickle** is a tool used for cutting grain. It usually has a short handle and a semicircular blade. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of farming tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “harvesting tool” +16:9 lw26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ 1 A **sickle** is a tool used for cutting grain. It usually has a short handle and a semicircular blade. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of farming tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the harvesting tool” 16:10 pjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִדְבַ֥ת יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֵּ֑ן 1 Here, **hand** represents the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the freewill offering that you personally give” 16:10 n1v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh blesses the Israelites by causing their grain to grow. Thus, the Israelites must offer a portion of grain that reflects how much grain Yahweh blessed them with. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “according to the amount of grain that Yahweh your God blessed you with by causing it to grow” 16:11 cvjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” 16:11 vju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּ⁠בִנְ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠בִתֶּ⁠ךָ֮ וְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וַ⁠אֲמָתֶ⁠ךָ֒ וְ⁠הַ⁠לֵּוִי֙ & וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּ֛ר וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּת֥וֹם וְ⁠הָ⁠אַלְמָנָ֖ה 1 These terms do not refer to a specific person. These terms represent these categories of people in general. Alternate translation: “any of your sons, daughters, male servants, females servants, or Levites … and any foreigners, fatherless, or widows” 16:11 h2jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community” -16:11 yzic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שָֽׁם 1 The expression **in the place that Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the place where Yahweh your God will set his name” +16:11 yzic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שָֽׁם 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “in the place where Yahweh your God will set his name” 16:11 hcdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents Yahweh’s presence and blessings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for his presence” -16:12 vy3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 Here, **keep** means “carefully obey.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall observe” 16:13 uckr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִֽ⁠גָּרְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, **threshing floor** represents the harvest of grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your grain” 16:13 vs1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִ⁠יִּקְבֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **winepress** represents wine made from the harvest of grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and wine” 16:13 eruh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִֽ⁠גָּרְנְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠יִּקְבֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 These terms do not refer to a specific theshing floor or winepress. These terms represent the yearly harvest in general. Alternate translation: “from any of your threshing floors or winepresses” @@ -1764,24 +1753,24 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 16:18 vxu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־שְׁעָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within all your towns” 16:18 m9ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠שְׁבָטֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that all of the 12 tribes of Israel will have judges and officers. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from each of your tribes” 16:18 df9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפַּט־צֶֽדֶק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “justly” -16:19 q3on rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־תַטֶּ֣ה מִשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 Here, **twist** means “act unjustly in”. Moses is speaking of **a judgment** as if it were a physical object that one could **twist**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not act unjustly in a judgment” +16:19 q3on rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־תַטֶּ֣ה מִשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 Here, **twist** means “act unjustly in”. Moses is speaking of **a judgment** as if it were a physical object that one could **twist**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not act unjustly when you make a decision” 16:19 ym37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the decision of a legal case” 16:19 c04h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֥א תַכִּ֖יר פָּנִ֑ים 1 Here, **recognize a face** is an idiom that means “show partiality.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shall not play favorites” or “you shall not show partiality” 16:19 i1rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” -16:19 w1dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַ⁠שֹּׁ֗חַד יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם 1 Here, Moses speaks of **a bribe** as if it were a person who could **blind** and **pervert** someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a bribe makes it difficult for the wise and righteous to make a just decision” +16:19 w1dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַ⁠שֹּׁ֗חַד יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם 1 Here, Moses speaks of **a bribe** as if it were something that could **blind** and **pervert** someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a bribe makes it difficult for the wise and righteous to make a just decision” 16:19 olnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים 1 Here Moses is speaking of a **wise** person making an unjust decision as if their **eyes** were blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes a wise person to ignore what is right” 16:19 pu4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חֲכָמִ֔ים & צַדִּיקִֽם 1 Moses is using the adjectives **wise** and **righteous** as nouns to mean wise people and righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise people … righteous people” 16:19 e9ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם 1 The implication is that a bribe **perverts the words of the righteous** by encouraging a righteous person to speak false **words**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and causes the righteous to speak falsley” -16:20 qtlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק 1 Speaker is repeating the noun **righteousness** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Righteousness, only righteousness” +16:20 qtlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק 1 Moses is repeating the noun **righteousness** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Righteousness, only righteousness” 16:20 yxu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק תִּרְדֹּ֑ף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You shall only judge righteously” 16:20 xm5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק תִּרְדֹּ֑ף 1 Here Moses is speaking of a judge making a fair decision as if he were running in pursuit of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall make fair decisions” -16:21 ec3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִטַּ֥ע 1 Here, **plant** means “erect.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shalll not erect” +16:21 ec3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִטַּ֥ע 1 Here, **plant** means “erect.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not erect” 16:22 klqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 The people groups in the land built stone pillars as symbols of their god Baal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a sacred stone pillar” 16:22 pza2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 The word **pillar** represents pillars for idols in general, not one particular pillar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any pillars” 16:22 mw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish מַצֵּבָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂנֵ֖א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This does not mean “the pillar which Yahweh your God hates” which would imply that there are pillars used for idol worship that Yahweh does not hate. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “a pillar because Yahweh your God hates those”\n -17:intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- v. 1: More instructions for animals for sacrifice\n- vv. 2-7: Punishments for people who worship idols\n- vv. 8-13: Instructions for difficult legal cases\n- vv. 14-20: Instructions for kings\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### King\n\nIsrael was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\n### Generic nouns used in hypothetical conditions\nVerses 2-13 give examples of sins that an Israelite might commit when they live the land and instructions for deciding what should happen. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “woman,” and “judge” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific man or woman whom Moses is predicting will commit a sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +17:intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- v. 1: More instructions for animals for sacrifice\n- vv. 2-7: Punishments for people who worship idols\n- vv. 8-13: Instructions for difficult legal cases\n- vv. 14-20: Instructions for kings\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### King\n\nIsrael was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses the singular forms of, “you” and “your.” If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Generic nouns used in hypothetical conditions\n\nVerses 2-13 give examples of sins that an Israelite might commit when they live the land and instructions for deciding what should happen. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “woman,” and “judge” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific man or woman whom Moses is predicting will commit a sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 17:1 a78k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שׁ֣וֹר וָ⁠שֶׂ֗ה 1 Here, **ox** and **sheep** represent those animals in general, not one specific ox or sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any ox or any sheep” -17:1 lym4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +17:1 lym4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 17:1 fem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֽוּא 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a sacrifice that has a blemish. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “a blemished sacrifice” 17:2 uan2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי 1 Here, **If** introduces a hypothetical situation that continues to [verse 7](../17/07.md) and instructions for the Israelites if the situation occurs. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that” 17:2 ljz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצֵ֤א 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there is anyone” @@ -1843,7 +1832,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 17:16 abwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֤יב אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לְמַ֖עַן הַרְבּ֣וֹת ס֑וּס 1 This could mean that the king must not: (1) send people to Egypt to buy horses for him. Alternate translation: “to buy more horses for him” (2) sell Israelites to Egypt in exchange for horses. Alternate translation: “in exchange for horses for him” 17:16 pr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אָמַ֣ר לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּ⁠ן לָ⁠שׁ֛וּב בַּ⁠דֶּ֥רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. 17:16 sc0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּ⁠ן לָ⁠שׁ֛וּב בַּ⁠דֶּ֥רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 The expression **no longer turn that way again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “You will not return that way again”\r\n -17:17 e2dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א יַרְבֶּה & לֹ֥א יַרְבֶּה\n 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall not keep acquiring more and more … and he shall not acquire more and more”\r\n +17:17 e2dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א יַרְבֶּה & לֹ֥א יַרְבֶּה\n 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall not keep acquiring more and more … and he shall not acquire more and more”\n 17:17 gzzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so his heart will not stop following Yahweh” 17:17 zj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s will and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will not desire to turn aside” 17:18 fnnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה 1 Here, the word translated as **And it will be** introduces a new section for laws about kings. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new topic. Alternate translation: “Then” @@ -1863,53 +1852,84 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 17:20 iebn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵֽ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “above his fellow Israelites” 17:20 idm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר מִן־הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֖ה יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning **right or left** from that path. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and so that he does not disobey the commandments” 17:20 sa87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִ֨יךְ יָמִ֧ים עַל־מַמְלַכְתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 If the king obeys Yahweh, then he will **prolong** the **days** that he rules over **his kingdom**. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to prolong it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “he will reign in his kingdom for a long time”\n -18:intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Levites\n\nAs Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])\n\n### Messiah\n\nThis chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) -18:1 ztw1 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do. -18:1 u386 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel 0 The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” -18:1 z6rx no portion 0 Alternate translation: “no part” or “no share” -18:2 h6ef among their brothers 0 Alternate translation: “among the other tribes of Israel” or “among the other Israelites” -18:2 pd8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh is their inheritance 0 Moses speaks of the great honor that Aaron and his descendants will have by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they will inherit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Deuteronomy 10:9](../10/09.md). Alternate translation: “instead, they will have Yahweh” or “instead, Yahweh will allow them to serve him and he will provide for them through that service” -18:3 bn85 the inner parts 0 This is the stomach and intestines. -18:4 g5u8 you must give him 0 Alternate translation: “you must give to the priest” -18:5 py8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy has chosen him 0 Here “him” represents all the Levites. -18:5 g5j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to stand to serve in the name of Yahweh 0 Here “the name of Yahweh” stands for Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “to be his special servants” or “to serve as a representative of Yahweh” -18:5 ep9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche him and his sons forever 0 Here “him” represents all the Levites. Alternate translation: “the Levites and their descendants forever” -18:6 we5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom desires with all his soul 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “strongly desires” or “really wants” -18:7 p9jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy then he must serve in the name of Yahweh his God 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh and his authority. Alternate translation: “then he must serve Yahweh his God as a priest” -18:7 a94d who stand there before Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “who serve in the sanctuary in the presence of Yahweh” -18:8 c8rp his family’s inheritance 0 This is what the priest would inherit from his father. -18:9 gvb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go When you have come 0 Here “come” can be translated as “gone” or “entered.” -18:9 b17w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you must not learn to observe the abominations of those nations 0 God hates the religious activities of the people in the surrounding nations. He considers them to be terribly evil. Here “nations” represents the people. Alternate translation: “you must not do the terrible things that the people of the other nations do” -18:10 ey79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive There must not be found among you anyone 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There must not be anyone among you” -18:10 hta7 anyone who uses divination … tells fortunes … reads signs found in a cup … engages in witchcraft 0 These are different ways of practicing magic. God has forbidden every kind of magic. If you do not have a word for all of these activities, it can be stated more generally. Alternate translation: “anyone who uses magic to try to find out what will happen in the future, to cast spells” -18:10 ugk5 reads signs found in a cup 0 One who reads the shapes and figures in a cup and who predicts future events from what they can see -18:11 g9dh any charmer … anyone who conjurs up spirits … one who casts spells … who talks with spirits of the dead 0 These are phrases for people who practice different kinds of magic. God has forbidden every kind of magic. If you do not have a word for all of these types of people, you can translate more generally. Alternate translation: “anyone who uses magic to cast spells, or to talk to the spirits of dead people” -18:12 ufu7 driving them out 0 Here “them” refers to the people already living in Canaan. -18:14 aj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy For these nations 0 Here “nations” stands for the people groups that live in Canaan. Alternate translation: “For these people groups” -18:14 q8g1 these nations that you will dispossess 0 Alternate translation: “these nations whose land you will take” -18:15 y637 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel. -18:15 pp4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh your God will raise up for you a prophet 0 Yahweh appointing a person to be a prophet is spoken of as if Yahweh would raise or lift the person up. -18:15 m2rv one of your brothers 0 Alternate translation: “one of your fellow Israelites” -18:16 v3y7 This is what you asked 0 Here “you” refers to the Israelites at Mount Horeb about 40 years earlier. -18:16 iz2m at Horeb on the day of the assembly 0 Alternate translation: “on the day you gathered together at Horeb” -18:16 pp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes on the day of the assembly, saying, ‘Let us not hear again the voice of Yahweh our God, nor see this great fire anymore, or we will die.’ 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “on the day of the assembly when you said that you did not want to hear the voice of Yahweh our God, nor see his great fire anymore, because you were afraid that you would die.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -18:16 l7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Let us not hear again the voice of Yahweh our God 0 Here Yahweh is represented by his “voice” to emphasize what he says. Alternate translation: “Let us not hear Yahweh our God speak again” -18:18 t95s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will raise up a prophet for them 0 Yahweh appointing a person to be a prophet is spoken of as if Yahweh would raise or lift the person up. -18:18 d8wb from among their brothers 0 Alternate translation: “from among their fellow Israelites” -18:18 p717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will put my words in his mouth 0 Yahweh telling the prophet what to say is spoken of as if Yahweh would put words in the prophet’s mouth. -18:18 xl1v speak to them 0 Alternate translation: “speak to the people of Israel” -18:19 pt28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy does not listen to the words of mine that he speaks in my name 0 Here “my name” represents Yahweh and his authority. Alternate translation: “does not listen to him when he speaks my message” -18:19 n8mr require it of him 0 Alternate translation: “I will hold him responsible” or “I will punish him.” Here “him” refers to the person who does not listen to the prophet. -18:20 y6dm 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking. -18:20 pl2e who speaks a word arrogantly 0 Alternate translation: “who dares to speak a message” or “who is arrogant enough to speak a message” -18:20 ip16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in my name 0 Here “my name” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “for me” or “with my authority” -18:20 x88t a word 0 Alternate translation: “a message” -18:20 f7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who speaks in the name of other gods 0 Here “name” represents the gods themselves or their authority. This means the prophet claims that false gods told him to speak a certain message. -18:21 ryk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy This is what you must say in your heart 0 Here “heart” represents the thoughts of a person. Alternate translation: “You ask yourself” or “You must say to yourself” -18:21 gbx1 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken? 0 Alternate translation: “How will we know if the message that the prophet speaks is from Yahweh?” Here “we” refers to the people of Israel. -18:22 law3 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking. -18:22 kzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh 0 Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” -18:22 ys2k the prophet has spoken it arrogantly 0 Alternate translation: “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority” +18:intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: What the priests receive for their service\n- vv. 9-13: Warnings against pagan practices\n- vv. 14-22: Yahweh promises to send a prophet\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Levites\n\nAs Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])\n\n### Messiah\n\nThis chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in This Chapter\n\n### You\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nVerses 6-10 and 20-22 give instructions and warnings for the Israelits. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “Levite,” “maker,” and “propjet” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +18:1-2 jc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ יֹאכֵלֽוּ⁠ן & וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֥ה לֹא־יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב אֶחָ֑י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּר־לֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two verses begin with clauses that basically mean the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could rearrange the clauses in the verses to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The priests, the Levites, all the tribe of Levi, shall have no portion nor inheritance with Israel; they shall eat the fire offerings of Yahweh as their inheritance. Yahweh is their inheritance, as he spoke to them” +18:1 itle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The implication is that the Levites will not receive any **portion** or **inheritance** of land so that they cannot grow or raise their own food. See [Numbers 18:20](Num/18/20.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “All the tribe of Levi will not own a portion of land” +18:1 gjsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י 1 All **priests** come from **the tribe of Levi** and are therefore **Levites**. This does not mean that the Levites and priests are separate groups of people. Additionally, not all **Levites** of **the tribe of Levi** are **priests**. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “People from the tribe of Levi who serve as priests, and the rest of the Levites” +18:1 ebhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents all the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rest of the Israelites” +18:1 upwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that Israelites would offer to **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing an offering. Alternate translation: “the food that the other Israelites give in sacrifice to Yahweh” +18:2 h6ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite,” specifically the other 11 tribes of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “text” +18:2 pd8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses speaks of the honor of serving Yahweh as if the priests were receiving Yahweh himself as an **inheritance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instead, their inheritance is the privilege of serving Yahweh” +18:2 wgks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here, **spoke** means “promised.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he promised” +18:3 rydf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִשְׁפַּ֨ט הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֜ים 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe an **ordinance** that benefits **the priests**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable way to describe rules for priests. Alternate translation: “the provision for the priests” +18:3 q1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת זֹבְחֵ֥י הַ⁠זֶּ֖בַח 1 Here, **the people** and **those who offer a sacrifice** are the same group of people. This does not mean “the other people who will give a sacrifice” which would imply that **the people** do not offer sacrifices. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the sacrifices that the people offer” +18:3 xju0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠זֶּ֖בַח אִם־שׁ֣וֹר אִם־שֶׂ֑ה וְ⁠נָתַן֙ לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן הַ⁠זְּרֹ֥עַ וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּחָיַ֖יִם וְ⁠הַ⁠קֵּבָֽה 1 [Leviticus 1-16](Lev/01/01.md) describes the different types of offerings and which parts the Israelites must give to the Levites. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “a sacrifice that Yahweh commanded you to eat, whether an oxen or sheep: and they shall give the shoulder and the two cheeks and the innards to the priest and eat the rest” +18:3 bn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠קֵּבָֽה 1 The **innards** are the stomach and intestines of the animal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the internal organs” +18:4 lixq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown גֵּ֥ז 1 A **fleece** is the hair from a sheep. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of hair, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the hair of” +18:4 g5u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to any of the Levites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to one of the Levites” +18:5 m2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” +18:5 py8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ב֗⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Levi and all his descendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Levi” +18:5 g5j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שֵׁם־יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself”\r\n +18:5 myxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and his descendants” +18:5 bmfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” +18:6 ojea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that” +18:6 we5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כָל־אַוַּ֣ת נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **soul** represents a whole person, including their inner being, will, and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he indeed desires” +18:7 p9jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself” +18:7 qyru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow tribesman.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow tribesmen” +18:7 p4qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֖ם 1 Here, **there** refers to the place of worship that Yahweh will choose for himself. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the place of worship” +18:7 a94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” +18:8 xpbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֵ֥לֶק כְּ⁠חֵ֖לֶק יֹאכֵ֑לוּ 1 The implication is that all of the Levites at the place of worship will **eat alike portions** by receiving the same amount of food as each other. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “They shall all eat the same portions” +18:8 c8rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִמְכָּרָ֖י⁠ו עַל־הָ⁠אָבֽוֹת 1 Here, **the sale of his fathers** refers to the money from selling family inheritance. The Levite was allowed to keep this moeny and use it as he wished You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his family inheritance” +18:8 jtq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָבֽוֹת 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors” +18:9 gvb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֣א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “have gone” +18:9 b17w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Here, **nations** represents the people groups living in those **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “peoples” +18:10 ey79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֣א בְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There must not be anyone among you” +18:10-11 isok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַעֲבִ֥יר בְּנֽ⁠וֹ־וּ⁠בִתּ֖⁠וֹ בָּ⁠אֵ֑שׁ קֹסֵ֣ם קְסָמִ֔ים מְעוֹנֵ֥ן וּ⁠מְנַחֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠מְכַשֵּֽׁף & וְ⁠חֹבֵ֖ר חָ֑בֶר וְ⁠שֹׁאֵ֥ל אוֹב֙ וְ⁠יִדְּעֹנִ֔י וְ⁠דֹרֵ֖שׁ אֶל־הַ⁠מֵּתִֽים 1 These terms represent anyone who practices these abomination in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone who causes his son or his daughter to pass through the fire, any user of divination, any soothsayer or any diviner or any sorcerer or any maker of charms or any questioner of mediums or any conjurer of spirits or any seeker of the dead” +18:10 p3ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַעֲבִ֥יר בְּנֽ⁠וֹ־וּ⁠בִתּ֖⁠וֹ בָּ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 The people groups in the land would sacrifice their children to idols by burning their children in **fire**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships idols by burning his children to death” +18:10-11 hta7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קֹסֵ֣ם קְסָמִ֔ים מְעוֹנֵ֥ן וּ⁠מְנַחֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠מְכַשֵּֽׁף & וְ⁠חֹבֵ֖ר חָ֑בֶר וְ⁠שֹׁאֵ֥ל אוֹב֙ וְ⁠יִדְּעֹנִ֔י וְ⁠דֹרֵ֖שׁ אֶל־הַ⁠מֵּתִֽים 1 These are different ways of practicing magic, including using magic to predict the future or speak to the dead. It is unclear the exact difference between all of these terms. If your language does not have separate terms for these types of magic, you can use more general terms. Alternate translation: “anyone who engages in any type of witchcraft, tries to predict the future, or speaks to the dead” +18:11 m8n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אוֹב֙ 1 A **medium** is someone who contacts the spirits of the dead by practicing magic. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of witchcraft, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “those who speak with the spirits of the dead” +18:11 xhtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַ⁠מֵּתִֽים 1 Moses is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead ones” +18:12 kzp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” +18:12 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֑לֶּה 1 Here, the word **these** refers to anyone who does the abominable practices listed in [verses 10-11](../18/10.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “these pagan practices” +18:12 ufu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אוֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people groups who live in the land. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “those people groups” +18:12 eqt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” +18:13 x1r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֣ים תִּֽהְיֶ֔ה עִ֖ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites will **be blameless with Yahweh** if they do not practice any of the abomination from [verses 10-11](../18/10.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers as modeled by the UST. +18:14 aj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם 1 Here, **nations** represents the people groups that live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people” +18:14 p0qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶל־מְעֹנְנִ֥ים וְ⁠אֶל־קֹסְמִ֖ים 1 The terms **sorcerers** and **diviners** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to sorcerers” +18:14 a70i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתָּ֕ה 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the other people groups do and what the Israelites must do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the other hand” +18:15 pp4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָקִ֥ים 1 Here, **raise up** means “cause to appear.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appoint” +18:15 iyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִ⁠קִּרְבְּ⁠ךָ֤ מֵ⁠אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 The terms **you** and **your brothers** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “from you Israelites” +18:15 m2rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your fellow Israelites” +18:15 poc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּמֹ֔⁠נִי 1 This could mean that the prophet will be **like** Moses because: (1) Yahweh will send the prophet like he sent Moses. Alternate translation: “like Yahweh sent me” (2) the prophet will be similar to Moses. Alternate translation: “who is like me” +18:16 iz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠חֹרֵ֔ב בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹ֣א אֹסֵ֗ף לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ֙ אֶת־קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לֹֽא־אֶרְאֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָמֽוּת 1 This refers to the events that Moses described in [5:23-31](../05/23.md). All the Israelites gathered at the base of Mount Sinai, and Yahweh spoke to them from a fire at the top of the mountain. The Israelites were scared, so they asked Moses to speak to Yahweh on their behalf. Alternate translation: “on the day you gathered together at Horeb, saying, ‘We are afraid that we will die if we continue to hear the voice of Yahweh our God and see this great fire” +18:16 xzhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. +18:16 pp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹ֣א אֹסֵ֗ף לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ֙ אֶת־קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לֹֽא־אֶרְאֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָמֽוּת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. +18:17 bdxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דִּבֵּֽרוּ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Israelites who asked Moses to speak to Yahweh on their behalf. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the Israelites have requested” +18:18 t95s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָקִ֥ים 1 Here, **raise up** means “cause to appear.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I shall appoint” +18:18 d8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brothers** means “their fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their fellow Israelites” +18:18 p717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י דְבָרַ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠פִ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, Yahweh means that he will tell the prophet what to say. Yahweh is speaking of **words** as if they were physical objects that one could put in someone’s mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I will command him to speak” +18:19 hk8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using the word translated **And it will happen** to introduce a new topic. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” +18:19 r3io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ & מֵ⁠עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The words **man** and **him** represent people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone … from him or her” +18:19 f879 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the prophet from the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat “prophet.” Alternate translation: “the prophet speaks” +18:19 pt28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמִ֑⁠י 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” +18:19 vb7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **require**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “I will indeed require” +18:19 lynz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply the implied words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I will require accountability for disobedience” +18:19 n8mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ מֵ⁠עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **require** anyone who disobeys his prophet to give an account for their disobedience. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I will hold him responsible” +18:20 w583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 Yahweh uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between a prophet that he himself sends and a false prophet. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whereas” +18:20 tagt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֜ר 1 Here, **word** represents a message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “any words” +18:20 hl20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָזִיד֩ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֨ר דָּבָ֜ר בִּ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י 1 The implication is that Yahweh did not send the prophet. The prophet **speaks arrogantly** by presuming to know what Yahweh wants. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “speaks a word without my authority” +18:20 ip16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י & בְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my authority … a message from” +18:20 yifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מֵ֖ת הַ⁠נָּבִ֥יא הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 The implication is that the Israelites must execute that prophet. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you must kill that prophet” +18:21 ryk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **say in your heart** is an idiom that means “think” or “say to yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “think” +18:21 y9j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes תֹאמַ֖ר בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ אֵיכָה֙ נֵדַ֣ע אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־דִבְּר֖⁠וֹ יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you must ask how you will recognize a word that Yahweh has not spoken” +18:21 d93w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נֵדַ֣ע 1 The pronoun **we** refers to the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the subject of the sentence. Alternate translation: “us Israelites recognize” +18:22 kzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” +18:22 kqhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ 1 Here, **the thing** refers to what the prophet predicts will happen. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” +18:22 xrtz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֤ה הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָב֔וֹא 1 The terms **does not happen** and **does not come to pass** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the thing indeed does not happen” +18:22 wnz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 Here, **word** represents a message or prophecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a message” +18:22 hr17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דִּבְּר֣⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the false prophecy. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “has spoken the message” +18:22 ys2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠זָדוֹן֙ דִּבְּר֣⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that the false prophet did not speak in the name of Yahweh. He spoke **arrogantly** by presuming to know what Yahweh wants. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has spoken it message without my authority” +18:22 nweh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א תָג֖וּר מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not **be afraid** of that prophet and not respect that prophet. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall not take him seriously” 19:intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice\n\nAnother way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Law of retaliation\n\nThe chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:1 rka3 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses is still speaking to the people of Israel. 19:1 av28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations 0 Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree.